TSC2117IRGZR - Texas Instruments

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Low-Power Audio Codec with Embedded miniDSP,

Stereo Class-D Speaker Amplifier, and

Smart Four-Wire Touch-Screen Controller

Check for Samples: TSC2117

1 INTRODUCTION Auxiliary Measurements

1.1 Features • Programmable DRC for Digital Playback

1234• Low-Power 13-mW Stereo 48-kHz Playback • Sine-Wave Generator for Beep Generator for

• Stereo Audio DAC and Monaural ADC Support Touch-Pad Press Acknowledgement

8-kHz to 192-kHz Sample Rates • Integrated PLL Used for Programmable Digital

• Instruction-Programmable miniDSP Available Audio Processor

for Record and Playback Paths • SPI, I2C, and I2S Serial Interfaces

• Bass Boost/Treble/EQ With up to Five Biquads • SPI , I2C Have Register Auto-Increment

for Record and up to Six Biquads for Playback • Full Power-Down Control

• Stereo 1.29-W Class-D BTL 8-ΩSpeaker Driver • Power Supplies:

With Direct Battery Connection – Analog: 2.7 V–3.6 V

•Smart Four-Wire Touch-Screen Controller With – Digital Core: 1.65 V–1.95 V

Autonomous Timing – Digital I/O: 1.1 V–3.6 V

• Programmable-Gain Amplifiers – Class-D: 2.7 V–5.5 V (SLVDD and SRVDD ≥

• Microphone Bias AVDD)

• Hardware-Implemented AGC Used With • 7-mm × 7-mm 48-QFN Package

Microphone Input for Audio ADC Path

• Digital Microphone Interface 1.2 Applications

• Digital Mixing Capability

• Pin Control or Register Control for Digital- • Portable Gaming Devices

Playback Volume-Control Settings • Mobile Internet Devices

• Programmable 12-Bit SAR ADC • Adaptive Filtering Applications

• Built-In Capability for Temperature, Battery, or

1.3 Description

The TSC2117 is a low-power, highly integrated, high-performance codec and touch-screen controller which

features stereo class-D speaker amplifiers, a stereo audio DAC, mono audio ADC, and a SAR ADC.

The TSC2117 supports 16-bit stereo playback and monaural record functionality. The device integrates several

analog features, such as a microphone interface, headphone drivers, and speaker drivers. The TSC2117 has two

fully programmable miniDSPs for digital audio processing. The digital audio data format is programmable to work

with popular audio standard protocols (I2S, left/right-justified) in master, slave, DSP, and TDM modes. Bass

boost, treble, or EQ are supported by the preprogrammed modes of the programmable digital signal-processing

block. An on-chip PLL provides the high-speed clock needed by the digital signal-processing block. The volume

level can be controlled by either a pin control or by register control.

The TSC2117 has a 12-bit SAR ADC converter that supports a four-wire resistive touch-screen complete with

drivers. All functions can be controlled by an I2C or SPI interface. A programmable beep generator is included.

An on-chip processor is used in the touch-screen mode and provides extensive features specifically designed to

reduce the host-processor and interface-bus overhead. The TSC2117 has three dedicated analog inputs for

system voltage measurements, with an on-chip temperature sensor that can be read by the SAR ADC, and is

available in a 7-mm × 7-mm 48-pin QFN package.

1Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of

Texas Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet.

2PurePath is a trademark of Texas Instruments.

3MATLAB is a trademark of The MathWorks, Inc.

4All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

specifications per the terms of the Texas Instruments standard warranty. Production

processing does not necessarily include testing of all parameters.

AudioOutputStage

PowerManagement

RCCLK

Digital

Audio

Processing

and

Serial

Interface SDOUT

SDIN

BCLK

WCLK

MCLKPLL

7-Bit ADC

LeftandRightVolume-

ControlRegister

DigitalBeep

Generator

Digital

VolCtl

DigitalVol

24dBto

Mute

2to –61dB

(1-dBSteps)

Prog

DSP

Engine

SPRP

SPRN

SPLP

SPLN

Class-DSpeaker

Driver

6dBto24dB(6-dBSteps)

Class A/B

Headphone/Lineout

Driver

0dBto9dB(1-dBSteps)

Analog Attenuation

0dBto –78dBandMute

(0.5-dBSteps/Nonlinear)

Analog Attenuation

0dBto –78dBandMute

(0.5-dBSteps/Nonlinear)

VOL/

MICDET

HPR

HPL

SCL

SDA

GPIO

GPIO1

GPI1

GPI2

MIX_R

MIX_L

MIX_R

MIX_L

MIC2_LINE_L

DAC_L

MIX_L

DAC_R

MIX_R

RESET

TSVDD

P3/R4–R5

AUX2

AUX1

Touch-

Panel

Drivers

VBAT

SAR

ADC

OSC

SAR_Mode

VREF

(Internal)

P3/R6

RCCLK

Control

Interface

Touch-

Screen

Processing

FIFO

RCCLK

MCLK

Divider

MIC

AUX1_MIC3_LINE_R

AUX2_MIC1

MIC2_LINE_L

Selectable

Gain/Input

Impedance

VCOM

AUX2_MIC1

Selectable

Gain/Input

Impedance

P1/R47

0to59.5dB

(0.5-dBsteps)

AGC

Prog

DSP

Engine

÷5

TSVDD TSVSS DVDD DVSS IOVDD IOVSS

VREF

AUX1_MIC3_LINE_R

GPIO2

GPI3

SCLK

MOSI

MISO

I C

SPI

Note: Allfunctions

arecontrollablevia

I CorSPI.Itisnot

recommendedto

usebothI Cand

SPIsimultaneously.

2V/2.5V/AVDD

MICBIAS

DigitalVol

–12..20dB

Step=0.5dB

Mono ADC

Note:Normally,

MCLKisPLL input;

however,BCLK,

GPIO1,etc.,can

alsobePLL input.

Reference

DigtalMic

Interface

Clock Data Note:DigitalMic

ClockandData

routedtoGPIO1

andGPIO2pins.

P0/R51–R52

D S-

ADC

D S-

DAC

D S-

DAC

De-Pop

and

Soft-

Start

P1/R33–R34

P0/R65–R66

P1/R42 P1/R38

P1/R43 P1/R39

P1/R32

P0/R63

P1/R30

P1/R40

P1/R41

P1/R31

P1/R44

P1/R36

P1/R37

P1/R35

P0/R71

P0/R72

P0/R86–R93

P1/R48

P1/R49

InputCM

P1/R50

P3/R15–R16

P3/R17

P3/R2–R3

B0205-04

P3/R13

P0/R64

P0/R82–R83

HVDD

SLVDD SLVSS AVDD AVSSSRVSSSRVDD HVSS

P0/R116

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all

integrated circuits be handled with appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper

handling and installation procedures can cause damage.

ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure.

Precision integrated circuits may be more susceptible to damage because very small

parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.

NOTE

This data manual is designed using PDF document-viewing features that allow quick access

to information. For example, performing a global search on, e.g., "page 0/register 15"

produces all references to this page and register in a list. This makes is easy to traverse the

list and find all information related to a page and register. Note that the search string must be

of the indicated format. Also, this document includes document hyperlinks to allow the user

to quickly find a document reference. To come back to the original page, click the green left

arrow near the PDF page number at the bottom of the file. The hot-key for this function is alt-

left arrow on the keyboard. Another way to find information quickly is to use the PDF

bookmarks.

2 PACKAGE AND SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS

2.1 Package/Ordering Information

OPERATING

PACKAGE TRANSPORT MEDIA,

PRODUCT PACKAGE TEMPERATURE ORDERING NUMBER

DESIGNATOR QUANTITY

RANGE

TSC2117IRGZT Tape and reel, 250

TSC2117 QFN-48 RGZ –40°C to 85°C TSC2117IRGZR Tape and reel, 2500

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

MISO

BCLK

MOSI

MCLK

SDA

SCLK

SCL

GPIO1

VOL/MICDET

GPIO2

MICBIAS

IOVSS

MIC

IOVDD

AUX1

DVDD

AUX2

SDOUT

AVSS

SDIN

AVDD

WCLK

VBAT

SPLP

RESET

SLVDD

GPI1

SLVSS

GPI2

SPLN

GPI3

TSVDD

HPR

HVSS

HVDD

DVSS

HPL

SPRP

SRVSS

TSVSS

SRVDD

VREF

SPRN

P0023-17

RGZPackage

(TopView)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

2.2 Device Information

Table 2-1. TERMINAL FUNCTIONS

TERMINAL I/O DESCRIPTION

NAME NO.

AUX1 (primary aux. input to SAR ADC), also routed to audio ADC input mixer and audio DAC

AUX1 20 I output mixer

AUX2 21 I AUX2 (secondary aux. input to SAR ADC), also routed to audio ADC input mixer

AVDD 23 – Analog power supply

AVSS 22 – Analog ground

BCLK 13 I/O Audio serial clock

DVDD 9 – Digital power – digital core

DVSS 29 – Digital ground (internally connected to HVSS)

GPI1 47 I General-purpose input and multifunction pin

GPI2 46 I General-purpose input and multifunction pin

GPI3 45 I General-purpose input and multifunction pin

GPIO1 5 I/O General-purpose input/output pin and multifunction pin

GPIO2 6 I/O General-purpose input/output pin and multifunction pin

HPL 41 O Left-channel headphone driver output

HPR 44 O Right-channel headphone driver output

HVDD 42 – Headphone driver and PLL power

HVSS 43 – Driver and PLL ground (internally connected to DVSS)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 2-1. TERMINAL FUNCTIONS (continued)

TERMINAL I/O DESCRIPTION

NAME NO.

IOVDD 8 – Digital interface power

IOVSS 7 – Digital interface ground

MCLK 14 I External master clock

MIC 19 I Microphone input (routed to audio ADC input mixer and audio DAC output mixer)

MICBIAS 18 O Microphone bias voltage

MISO 1 O Data output from SPI (Hi-Z capable)

MOSI 2 I Data input to SPI

RESET 48 I Reset for logic and all internal registers – active-low

SCL 16 I/O I2C control bus clock input

SCLK 4 I External clock to SPI

SDA 15 I/O I2C control-bus data I/O

SDIN 11 I Playback audio serial-data input

SDOUT 10 O Record audio serial-data output (hi-Z capable)

SLVDD 35 – Left-channel class-D speaker-amplifier power supply

SLVSS 34 – Left-channel class-D speaker-amplifier power-supply ground

SPLN 33 O Left-channel speaker-driver inverting output

SPLP 36 O Left-channel speaker-driver noninverting output

SPRN 37 O Right-channel speaker-driver inverting output

SPRP 40 O Right-channel speaker-driver noninverting output

SRVDD 38 – Right-channel class-D speaker-amplifier power supply

SRVSS 39 – Right-channel class-D speaker-amplifier power-supply ground

SS 3 I SPI chip select – active-low

TSVDD 32 – Touch-screen controller power (used for touch-screen panel driver)

TSVSS 26 – Touch-screen driver ground

VBAT 24 I Battery-monitor input to SAR ADC

VOL/MICDET 17 I Playback digital volume control or microphone-detection functionality

VREF 25 I/O Voltage reference input for SAR ADC

WCLK 12 I/O Audio serial-bus channel clock

XN 28 I/O Touch-screen X– positional input and driver

XP 31 I/O Touch-screen X+ positional input and driver

YN 27 I/O Touch-screen Y– positional input and driver

YP 30 I/O Touch-screen Y+ positional input and driver

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings

over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) (1)

VALUE UNIT

AVDD to AVSS –0.3 to 3.9 V

DVDD to DVSS –0.3 to 2.5 V

HVDD to HVSS –0.3 to 3.9 V

SLVDD to SLVSS –0.3 to 6 V

SRVDD to SRVSS –0.3 to 6 V

IOVDD to IOVSS –0.3 to 3.9 V

TSVDD to TSVSS –0.3 to 3.9 V

VREF to AVSS AVSS – 0.3 to AVDD V

Digital input voltage IOVSS – 0.3 to IOVDD + 0.3 V

Analog input voltage AVSS – 0.3 to AVDD + 0.3 V

VBAT –0.3 to 6 V

Operating temperature range –40 to 85 °C

Storage temperature range –55 to 150 °C

Junction temperature (TJMax) 105 °C

Power dissipation (TJMax – TA)/RθJA W

QFN package RθJA Thermal impedance (with thermal pad soldered to board) 27 °C/W

Lead temperature Infrared (15 s) 300 °C

(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings

only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating

Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.

Table 3-1. System Thermal Characteristics(1)

Power Rating at 25°C Derating Factor Power Rating at 70°C Power Rating at 85°C

3 W 37.04 mW/°C 1.3 W 0.74 W

(1) This data was taken using 2-oz. (0.071-mm thick) trace and copper pad that is soldered to a JEDEC high-K, standard 4-layer 3-in. × 3

in. (7.62-cm × 7.62-cm) PCB.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

3.2 Recommended Operating Conditions

over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) MIN NOM MAX UNIT

AVDD(1) Referenced to AVSS(2) 2.7 3.3 3.6

DVDD Referenced to DVSS(2) 1.65 1.8 1.95

HVDD Referenced to HVSS(2) 2.7 3.3 3.6

SLVDD(1) Power-supply voltage range Referenced to SLVSS(2) 2.7 5.5 V

SRVDD(1) Referenced to SRVSS(2) 2.7 5.5

TSVDD Referenced to TSVSS(2) 2.7 3.3 3.6

IOVDD Referenced to IOVSS(2) 1.1 3.3 3.6

VREF External voltage reference Referenced to AVSS(2) 0 3.3 AVDD V

Resistance applied across class-D output pins

Speaker impedance 8 Ω

(BTL)

Headphone impedance AC coupled to RL16 Ω

Analog audio full-scale input

VIAVDD = 3.3V, single-ended 0.707 VRMS

voltage

Stereo line output load AC coupled to RL10 kΩ

impedance

MCLK(3) Master clock frequency IOVDD = 3.3V 50 MHz

SCLK frequency IOVDD = 3.3V 30 MHz

SCLK SCLK duty cycle 40% 50% 60%

SCL SCL clock frequency 400 kHz

TAOperating free-air temperature –40 85 °C

(1) To minimize battery-current leakage, the SLVDD and SRVDD voltage levels should not be below the AVDD voltage level.

(2) All grounds on board are tied together, so they should not differ in voltage by more than 0.2 V maximum for any combination of ground

signals. By use of a wide trace or ground plane, ensure a low-impedance connection between HVSS and DVSS.

(3) The maximum input frequency should be 50 MHz for any digital pin used as a general-purpose clock.

3.3 Electrical Characteristics

At 25°C, AVDD, HVDD, IOVDD, TSVDD, = 3.3 V, SLVDD, SRVDD = 3.6V, DVDD = 1.8 V, VREF = 3.3 V, fS(audio) =

48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 × fS, PLL = Off, SAR input is AUX1, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

SAR CONVERTER

Auxilary Analog Input

Input voltage range 0 VREF V

Input impedance(1) 1/(f×C) kΩ

AUX1, AUX2, VBAT input selected as input by touch

screen

Input capacitance 25 pF

Input leakage current 1 μA

Input voltage range for VBAT Battery-measurement mode 0 6 V

(1) SAR input impedance is dependent on the sampling frequency, where the sampling capacitor is C = 25 pF.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Electrical Characteristics (continued)

At 25°C, AVDD, HVDD, IOVDD, TSVDD, = 3.3 V, SLVDD, SRVDD = 3.6V, DVDD = 1.8 V, VREF = 3.3 V, fS(audio) =

48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 × fS, PLL = Off, SAR input is AUX1, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

Touch-Screen SAR ADC

Resolution Programmable: 8-bit, 10-bit, 12-bit 8 12 Bits

No missing codes 12-bit resolution 11 Bits

INL Integral nonlinearity 12-bit resolution, conversion clock = 2 MHz ±7 LSB

Offset error 12-bit resolution, conversion clock = 2 MHz ±7 LSB

Gain error 12-bit resolution, conversion clock = 2 MHz ±7 LSB

12-bit resolution, conversion clock = 2 MHz,

Noise 0.8 LSB

AUX2 = 1 Vdc

Conversion Rate

Normal conversion operation 12 bits, internal conversion clock = 2 MHz 119 kHz

High-speed conversion 8 bits, internal conversion clock = 6 MHz (Conversion 250 kHz

operation accuracy is reduced.)

Voltage Reference—VREF

Internal VREF 1.25 2.5

Voltage range V

External VREF 1.25 AVDD

Measured with 1-μF capacitor to analog ground.

Internal VREF output voltage Internal VREF selected as 1.25 V (page 3/register 6, 1.23 V

bit D6 = 0)

INTERNAL OSCILLATOR—RC_CLK

Oscillator frequency for SAR 8.2 MHz

VOLUME CONTROL PIN (ADC); VOL/MICDET pin enabled

VOL/MICDET pin configured as volume control (page 0.5 ×

Input voltage range 0/register 116, bit D7 = 1 and page 0/register 67, bit 0 V

AVDD

D7 = 0)

Input capacitance 2 pF

Volume control steps 128 Steps

AUDIO ADC

Microphone Input to ADC, 984-Hz Sine-Wave Input, fS= 48 kHz, AGC = OFF

MIC with R1 = 20 kΩ(page 1/register 48 and register

Input signal level (0-dB) 0.707 VRMS

49, bits D7–D6)

fS= 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input ac-shorted to

SNR Signal-to-noise ratio ground; measured as idle-channel noise, 80 90 dB

A-weighted(1) (2)

fS= 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –60-

Dynamic range dBFS input applied, referenced to 0.707-Vrms input, 91 dB

A-weighted (1) (2)

Total harmonic distortion + fS= 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –2

THD+N –83 –70 dB

noise dBFS input applied, referenced to 0.707 Vrms input

fS= 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –2

THD Total harmonic distortion –90 dB

dBFS input applied, referenced to 0.707 Vrms input

Input capacitance MIC input 2 pF

(1) Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the inputs short-circuited, measured A-weighted over a

20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer.

(2) All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may

result in higher THD+N and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter

removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Supp

DACOUT

VSIG

PSRR 20 log V

é ù

=ê ú

ê ú

ë û

(3) DAC to headphone-out PSRR measurement is calculated as

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Electrical Characteristics (continued)

At 25°C, AVDD, HVDD, IOVDD, TSVDD, = 3.3 V, SLVDD, SRVDD = 3.6V, DVDD = 1.8 V, VREF = 3.3 V, fS(audio) =

48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 × fS, PLL = Off, SAR input is AUX1, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

Microphone Bias

Page 1/register 46, bits D1–D0 = 10 2.25 2.5 2.75

Voltage output V

Page 1/register 46, bits D1–D0 = 01 2

At 4-mA load current, page 1/register 46, bits D1–D0 5

= 10 (MICBIAS = 2.5 V)

Voltage regulation mV

At 4-mA load current, page 1/register 46, bits D1–D0 7

= 01 (MICBIAS = 2 V)

Audio ADC Digital Decimation Filter Characteristics

See Section 5.5.4.4 for audio ADC decimation filter characteristics.

DAC HEADPHONE OUTPUT, AC-coupled load = 16 Ω(single-ended),

driver gain = 0 dB, parasitic capacitance = 30 pF

Full-scale output voltage (0 Output common-mode setting = 1.65 V 0.707 Vrms

dB)

SNR Signal-to-noise ratio Measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted(1) (2) 80 95 dB

THD Total harmonic distortion 0-dBFS input –85 –65 dB

Total harmonic distortion +

THD+N 0-dBFS input –82 –60 dB

noise

Mute attenuation 87 dB

PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio(3) Ripple on HVDD (3.3 V) = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz 62 dB

RL= 32 Ω, THD+N ≤–60 dB 20

POMaximum output power mW

RL= 16 Ω, THD+N ≤–60 dB 60

DAC LINEOUT (HP Driver in Lineout Mode)

SNR Signal-to-noise ratio Measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted 95 dB

THD Total harmonic distortion 0-dBFS input, 0-dB gain –86 dB

Total harmonic distortion +

THD+N 0-dBFS input, 0-dB gain –82 dB

noise

DAC Digital Interpolation Filter Characteristics

See Section 5.6.1.4 for DAC interpolation filter characteristics.

DAC OUTPUT to CLASS-D SPEAKER OUTPUT; Load = 8 Ω(differential), 50 pF

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC

input = 0 dBFS, DAC VCM (page 1/register 31, bits 2.2

D4–D3) = 1.65 V, class-D gain = 6 dB,

THD ≤–16.5 dB

Output voltage Vrms

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC

input = –2 dBFS, DAC VCM (page 1/register 31, bits 2.1

D4–D3) = 1.65 V, class-D gain = 6 dB, THD ≤–20 dB

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC

Output, common-mode input = mute, DAC VCM (page 1/register 31, bits 1.65 V

D4–D3) = 1.65 V, class-D gain = 6 dB

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, class-

D gain = 6 dB, measured as idle-channel noise, A-

SNR Signal-to-noise ratio 87 dB

weighted (with respect to full-scale output value of 2.2

Vrms)(1) (2)

(1) Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the inputs short-circuited, measured A-weighted over a

20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer.

(2) All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may

result in higher THD+N and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter

removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

PSRR +20log10ƪVSIGSupp

VSPK1ń2ƫ

(1) DAC to speaker-out PSRR measurement is calculated as .

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Electrical Characteristics (continued)

At 25°C, AVDD, HVDD, IOVDD, TSVDD, = 3.3 V, SLVDD, SRVDD = 3.6V, DVDD = 1.8 V, VREF = 3.3 V, fS(audio) =

48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 × fS, PLL = Off, SAR input is AUX1, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

DAC OUTPUT to CLASS-D SPEAKER OUTPUT; Load = 8 Ω(differential), 50 pF (continued)

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC

THD Total harmonic distortion input = –6 dBFS, DAC VCM (page 1/register 31, bits –72 dB

D4–D3) = 1.65 V, class-D gain = 6 dB

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC

Total harmonic distortion +

THD+N input = –6 dBFS, DAC VCM (page 1/register 31, bits –71 dB

noise D4–D3) = 1.65 V, class-D gain = 6 dB

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, ripple

PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio(1) 57 dB

on SLVDD/SRVDD = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz

Mute attenuation 110 dB

SLVDD = SRVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC

VCM (page 1/register 31, bits D4–D3) = 1.65 V, 540

class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10% mW

SLVDD = SRVDD = 4.3 V, BTL measurement, DAC

POMaximum output power VCM (page 1/register 31, bits D4–D3) = 1.65 V, 790

class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%

SLVDD = SRVDD = 5.5 V, BTL measurement, DAC

VCM (page 1/register 31, bits D4–D3) = 1.65 V, 1.29 W

class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%

Output-stage leakage current SLVDD = SRVDD = 4.3 V, device is powered down 80 nA

for direct battery connection (power-up-reset condition)

ADC and DAC POWER CONSUMPTION

For ADC and DAC power consumption based per selected processing block, see Section 5.4

DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT

Logic CMOS

family 0.7 ×

IIH = 5 μA, IOVDD ≥1.6 V IOVDD

VIH V

IIH = 5 μA, IOVDD < 1.6 V IOVDD 0.3 ×

IIL = 5 μA, IOVDD ≥1.6 V –0.3 IOVDD

VIL V

Logic level IIL = 5 μA, IOVDD < 1.6 V 0

0.8 ×

VOH IOH = 2 TTL loads V

IOVDD 0.1 ×

VOL IOL = 2 TTL loads V

IOVDD

Capacitive load 10 pF

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

T0145-06

WCLK

BCLK

SDOUT

SDIN

t (DO-BCLK)

t (DO-WS)

t (WS)

t (DI)

St (DI)

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

3.4 Timing Characteristics

3.4.1 I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Master Mode

All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V

Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.

PARAMETER IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V UNITS

MIN MAX MIN MAX

td(WS) WCLK delay 45 20 ns

td(DO-WS) WCLK to DOUT delay (for LJF mode only) 45 20 ns

td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns

ts(DI) SDIN setup 8 6 ns

th(DI) SDIN hold 8 6 ns

trRise time 25 10 ns

tfFall time 25 10 ns

Figure 3-1. I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Master Mode

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

T0145-07

WCLK

BCLK

SDOUT

SDIN

t (WS)

t (BCLK)

t (DO-BCLK)

t (DO-WS)

t (DI)

t (BCLK)

t (DI)

t (WS)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

3.4.2 I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Slave Mode

All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V

Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.

IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V

PARAMETER UNIT

MIN MAX MIN MAX

tH(BCLK) BCLK high period 35 35 ns

tL(BCLK) BCLK low period 35 35 ns

ts(WS) WCLK setup 8 6 ns

th(WS) WCLK hold 8 6 ns

td(DO-WS) WCLK to DOUT delay (for LJF mode only) 45 20 ns

td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns

ts(DI) SDIN setup 8 6 ns

th(DI) SDIN hold 8 6 ns

trRise time 4 4 ns

tfFall time 4 4 ns

Figure 3-2. I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Slave Mode

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

T0146-05

WCLK

BCLK

SDOUT

SDIN

t (DO-BCLK)

t (WS)

dt (WS)

t (DI)

St (DI)

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

3.4.3 DSP Timing in Master Mode

All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V

Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.

IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V

PARAMETER UNITS

MIN MAX MIN MAX

td(WS) WCLK delay 45 20 ns

td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns

ts(DI) SDIN setup 8 8 ns

th(DI) SDIN hold 8 8 ns

trRise time 25 10 ns

tfFall time 25 10 ns

Figure 3-3. DSP Timing in Master Mode

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

T0146-06

WCLK

BCLK

SDOUT

SDIN

t (WS)

ht (WS)

t (BCLK)

t (DO-BCLK)

dtr

t (DI)

t (BCLK)

t (DI)

t (WS)

St (WS)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

3.4.4 DSP Timing in Slave Mode

All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V

Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.

IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V

PARAMETER UNITS

MIN MAX MIN MAX

tH(BCLK) BCLK high period 35 35 ns

tL(BCLK) BCLK low period 35 35 ns

ts(WS) WCLK setup 8 8 ns

th(WS) WCLK hold 8 8 ns

td(DO-BCLK) BCLK to DOUT delay 45 20 ns

ts(DI) SDIN setup 8 8 ns

th(DI) SDIN hold 8 8 ns

trRise time 4 4 ns

tfFall time 4 4 ns

Figure 3-4. DSP Timing in Slave Mode

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

STO STA STA STO

SDA

SCL

tBUF tLOW

tSU;STA

tHIGH tHD;STA

tHD;STA

tHD;DAT

tSU;DAT tSU;STO

T0295-02

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

3.4.5 I2C Interface Timing

All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V

Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.

PARAMETER Standard-Mode Fast-Mode UNITS

MIN TYP MAX MIN TYP MAX

fSCL SCL clock frequency 0 100 0 400 kHz

tHD;STA Hold time (repeated) START condition. 4.0 0.8 μs

After this period, the first clock pulse is

generated.

tLOW LOW period of the SCL clock 4.7 1.3 μs

tHIGH HIGH period of the SCL clock 4.0 0.6 μs

tSU;STA Setup time for a repeated START 4.7 0.8 μs

condition

tHD;DAT Data hold time: For I2C bus devices 0 3.45 0 0.9 μs

tSU;DAT Data set-up time 250 100 ns

trSDA and SCL Rise Time 1000 20 + 0.1Cb300 ns

tfSDA and SCL Fall Time 300 20 + 0.1Cb300 ns

tSU;STO Set-up time for STOP condition 4.0 0.8 μs

tBUF Bus free time between a STOP and 4.7 1.3 μs

START condition

CbCapacitive load for each bus line 400 400 pF

Figure 3-5. I2C Interface Timing

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

ttd

MSB OUT BIT 6 . . . 1 LSB OUT

tsck

tLead

tLag

twsck

tvtho tdis

MSB IN BIT 6 . . . 1 LSB IN

thi

tsu

SCLK

MISO

MOSI

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

3.4.6 SPI Interface Timing

All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V

Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.

IOVDD = 1.1 V IOVDD = 3.3 V

PARAMETER UNITS

MIN MAX MIN MAX

twsck SCLK pulse duration 50 20 ns

tLead Enable lead time 50 20 ns

tLag Enable lag time 50 20 ns

ttd Sequential transfer delay 40 20 ns

taMISO slave data-out access time 40 20 ns

tdis MISO slave data-out disable time 40 20 ns

tsu MOSI dataiin setup time 15 10 ns

thi MOSI data-in hold time 15 10 ns

tvMISO data-valid time 25 18 ns

trSCLK rise time 4 4 ns

tfSCLK fall time 4 4 ns

Figure 3-6. SPI Interface Timing Diagram

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G017

AVDD = HVDD = TSVDD

= IOVDD = SVDD = 3.3 V

DVDD = 1.8 V

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G020

AVDD = HVDD = TSVDD

= IOVDD = SVDD = 3.3 V

DVDD = 1.8 V

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G018

AVDD = HVDD = TSVDD

= IOVDD = SVDD = 3.3 V

DVDD = 1.8 V

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G019

AVDD = HVDD = TSVDD

= IOVDD = SVDD = 3.3 V

DVDD = 1.8 V

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

4 TYPICAL PERFORMANCE

4.1 Audio ADC Performance

AMPLITUDE AMPLITUDE

vs vs

FREQUENCY FREQUENCY

Figure 4-1. FFT - ADC Idle Channel Differential Figure 4-2. FFT- ADC Single-Ended Input

AMPLITUDE AMPLITUDE

vs vs

FREQUENCY FREQUENCY

Figure 4-3. FFT - ADC Differential Input Figure 4-4. FFT - ADC Idle Channel Single-Ended

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G023

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G026

Channel Gain − dB

100

−10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

SNR − dB

G022

Diff = 10k

Diff = 20k

Diff = 40k

SE = 40k

SE = 20k

SE = 10k

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

SNR

PGA CHANNEL GAIN

Figure 4-5.

4.2 DAC Performance

AMPLITUDE AMPLITUDE

vs vs

FREQUENCY FREQUENCY

Figure 4-6. FFT - DAC to Line Output Figure 4-7. FFT - DAC to Headphone Output

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

−80

−70

−60

−50

−40

−30

−20

−10

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

G014

THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

PO − Output Power − W

AVDD = HVDD = TSVDD

= IOVDD = 3.3 V

SVDD = 5.5 V

DVDD = 1.8 V

24 dB

6 dB

12 dB

18 dB

−80

−70

−60

−50

−40

−30

−20

−10

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

G015

THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

PO − Output Power − W

RL = 8 Ω

SLVDD = 5.5 V

SLVDD = 4.3 V

SLVDD = 3.3 V

SLVDD = 3.6 V

−90

−80

−70

−60

−50

−40

−30

−20

−10

0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14

G025

THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB

PO − Output Power − W

RL = 16 Ω

HVDD = 3.3 V

CM = 1.65 V

HVDD = 3.6 V

CM = 1.8 V

HVDD = 3 V

CM = 1.5 V

HVDD = 2.7 V

CM = 1.35 V

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE

OUTPUT POWER

Figure 4-8. Headphone Output Power (RL= 16 Ω)

4.3 Class-D Speaker Driver Performance

TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE

vs vs

OUTPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER

Figure 4-9. Max Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Figure 4-10. Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power

Power (RL=8Ω, Driver Gain = 6 dB to 24 dB) (RL=8Ω, SLVDD = 3.3 V to 5.5V, Driver Gain = 18

dB)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

I − Current − mA

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

V − Voltage − V

G016

Micbias = 2 V

Micbias = 2.5 V

Micbias = AVDD (3.3 V)

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G024

f − Frequency − kHz

−160

−140

−120

−100

−80

−60

−40

−20

0 5 10 15 20

Amplitude − dBFS

G027

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

4.4 Analog Bypass Performance

AMPLITUDE AMPLITUDE

vs vs

FREQUENCY FREQUENCY

Figure 4-11. FFT - Line In Bypass to Line Output Figure 4-12. FFT - Line In Bypass to Headphone

Output

4.5 MICBIAS Performance VOLTAGE

CURRENT

Figure 4-13. Micbias

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

HVDD HVSSSLVDD SLVSS AVDD AVSS

SPRP

SPRN

SPLP

SPLN

SRVSS

VOL/MICDET

HPR

HPL

MICBIAS

TSVDD TSVSS DVDD DVSS IOVDD IOVSS

AUX2

AUX1

VBAT

MIC

VREF

HOST PROCESSOR

Touch

Screen

TSC2117

SRVDD

22 Fm0.1 Fm0.1 Fm22 Fm

SVDD

0.1 Fm10 Fm

+3.3VA

0.1 Fm10 Fm

+3.3VA

0.1 Fm10 Fm

+1.8VD IOVDD

0.1 Fm10 Fm

10 Fm

0.1 Fm

47 Fm

2.2kW

Headset

Speakers

4 0.1 F´ m

System

Battery

SVDD

1 Fm

Analog_In1

Analog_In2

Note:VREFcanalsobe

suppliedexternally.

Note:EitherI C

orSPIorbothcan

beusedinany

mode.Itisnot

recommendedto

use

I CandSPI

simultaneously.

Note:VBAT isusedfor

voltagemeasurement.

SDOUT

SDIN

BCLK

WCLK

MCLK

SCL

SDA

GPI1

GPI2

RESET

SCLK

MOSI

MISO

GPIO2

GPIO1

S0400-01

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5 APPLICATION INFORMATION

5.1 Typical Circuit Configuration

Figure 5-1. Typical Circuit Configuration

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.2 Overview

The TSC2117 is a highly integrated stereo audio DAC and monaural ADC with touch-screen controller for

portable computing, communication, and entertainment applications. A register-based architecture eases

integration with microprocessor-based systems through standard serial-interface buses. This device

supports the four-wire SPI bus and the 2-wire I2C bus interfaces. The I2C interface and the SPI interface

provide full register access. The SPI data bus can be used for higher-speed communication and for high-

speed retrieval of SAR ADC data. All peripheral functions are controlled through these registers and the

onboard state machines.

The TSC2117 consists of the following blocks:

• Touch-panel drivers

• Microphone interfaces (analog and digital)

• Audio codec (mono ADC and stereo DAC)

• AGC and DRC

• Two miniDSP digital signal-processing blocks (record and playback paths)

• Beep generator

• Stereo headphone/lineout amplifier

• Class-D stereo amplifier for 8-Ωspeakers

• Pin-controlled or register-controlled volume level

• Power-down de-pop and power-up soft start

• SAR ADC for touch-panel, voltage, and temperature measurements

• FIFO buffer mode for SAR auxiliary and touch-screen data

• Auxiliary inputs

• SPI control interface

• I2C control interface

• Power-down control block

Following a toggle of the RESET pin or a software reset, the device operates in the default mode. The SPI

or I2C interface can be used to write to the control registers to configure the device.

The I2C address assigned to the TSC2117 is 001 1000. This device always operates in an I2C slave

mode. All registers are 8-bit, and all writable registers have read-back capability. The device auto-

increments to support sequential addressing and can be used with I2C fast mode. Once the device is

reset, all appropriate registers are updated by the host processor to configure the device as needed by the

user.

SAR ADC data is transferred though the SPI/I2C bus, and audio data (for audio ADC and DAC) is

transferred through the audio serial interface. The SPI interface requires that the SS signal be driven low

to communicate with the TSC2117. Data is then shifted into or out of the TSC2117 under control of the

host microprocessor, which also provides the SPI serial clock.

5.2.1 Device Initialization

5.2.1.1 Reset

The TSC2117 internal logic must be initialized to a known condition for proper device function. To initialize

the device to its default operating condition, the hardware reset pin (RESET) must be pulled low for at

least 10 ns. For this initialization to work, both the IOVDD and DVDD supplies must be powered up. It is

recommended that while the DVDD supply is being powered up, the RESET pin be pulled low.

The device can also be reset via software reset. Writing a 1 into page 0/register 1, bit D0 resets the

device.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.2.1.2 Device Start-Up Lockout Times

After the TSC2117 is initialized through hardware reset at power-up or software reset, the internal

memories are initialized to default values. This initialization takes place within 1 ms after pulling the

RESET signal high. During this initialization phase, no register-read or register-write operation should be

performed on ADC or DAC coefficient buffers. Also, no block within the codec should be powered up

during the initialization phase.

5.2.1.3 PLL Start-Up

Whenever the PLL is powered up, a start-up delay of approximately of 10 ms occurs after the power-up

command of the PLL and before the clocks are available to the codec. This delay is to ensure stable

operation of the PLL and clock-divider logic.

5.2.1.4 Power-Stage Reset

The power-stage-only reset is used to reset the device after an overcurrent latching shutdown has

occurred. Using this reset re-enables the output stage without resetting all of the registers in the device.

Each of the four power stages has its own dedicated reset bit. The headphone power-stage reset is

performed by setting page 1/register 31, bit D7 for HPL and by setting page 1/register 31, bit D6 for HPR.

The speaker power-stage reset is performed by setting page 1/register 32, bit D7 for SPLP and SPLN,

and by setting page 1/register 32, bit D6 for SPRP and SPRN.

5.2.1.5 Software Power Down

By default, all circuit blocks are powered down following a reset condition. Hardware power up of each

circuit block can be controlled by writing to the appropriate control register. This approach allows the

lowest power-supply current for the functionality required. However, when a block is powered down, all of

the register settings are maintained as long as power is still being applied to the device. The TSC2117

touch-detection circuitry is enabled by default, and it can be powered down by writing to page 3/register 4,

bit D7.

5.2.2 Audio Analog I/O

The TSC2117 has a stereo audio DAC and a monaural ADC. It supports a wide range of analog interfaces

to support different headsets and analog outputs. The TSC2117 has features to interface output drivers

(8-Ω, 16-Ω, 32-Ω) and a microphone PGA with AGC control. A special circuit has also been included in

the TSC2117 to insert a short key-click sound into the stereo audio output. The key-click sound is used to

provide feedback to the user when a particular button is pressed or item is selected. The specific sound of

the keyclick can be adjusted by varying several register bits that control its frequency, duration, and

amplitude. See Key-Click Functionality With Beep Generator,Section 5.6.5.

5.3 miniDSP

The TSC2117 features two miniDSP cores. The first miniDSP core is tightly coupled to the ADC; the

second miniDSP core is tightly coupled to the DAC. The fully programmable algorithms for the miniDSP

must be loaded into the device after power up. The miniDSPs have direct access to the digital stereo

audio stream on the ADC and on the DAC side, offering the possibility for advanced, very low-group-delay

DSP algorithms.

The ADC miniDSP has 384 programmable instructions, 256 data memory locations, and 128

programmable coefficients. The DAC miniDSP has 1024 programmable instructions, 896 data memory

locations, and 512 programmable coefficients (in the adaptive mode, each bank has 256 programmable

coefficients).

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.3.1 Software

Software development for the TSC2117 is supported through TI's comprehensive PurePath™ Studio

software development environment, a powerful, easy-to-use tool designed specifically to simplify software

development on Texas Instruments miniDSP audio platforms. The graphical development environment

consists of a library of common audio functions that can be dragged and dropped into an audio signal flow

and graphically connected together. The DSP code can then be assembled from the graphical signal flow

with the click of a mouse.

See the TSC2117 product folder on www.ti.com to learn more about PurePath Studio and the latest status

on available, ready-to-use DSP algorithms.

5.4 Digital Processing Low-Power Modes

The TSC2117 device can be tuned to minimize power dissipation, to maximize performance, or to an

operating point between the two extremes to best fit the application. The choice of processing blocks,

PRB_P1 to PRB_P25 for stereo playback and PRB_R4 to PRB_R18 for mono recording, also influences

the power consumption. In fact, the numerous processing blocks have been implemented to offer a choice

among configurations having a different balance of power-optimization and signal-processing capabilities.

5.4.1 ADC, Mono, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V

AOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_R4 (Decimation Filter A)

Power consumption = 9.01 mW

Table 5-1. PRB_R4 Alternative Processing Blocks, 9.01 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_R5 A 0.23

PRB_R6 A 0.22

AOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_R11 (Decimation Filter B)

Power consumption = 7.99 mW

Table 5-2. PRB_R11 Alternative Processing Blocks, 7.99 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_R4 A 0.43

PRB_R5 A 0.67

PRB_R6 A 0.66

PRB_R10 B –0.14

PRB_R12 B 0.04

5.4.2 ADC, Mono, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V

AOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_R4 (Decimation Filter A)

Power consumption = 6.77 mW

Table 5-3. PRB_R4 Alternative Processing Blocks, 6.77 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_R5 A 0.03

PRB_R6 A 0.03

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

AOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_R11 (Decimation Filter B)

Power consumption = 6.61 mW

Table 5-4. PRB_R11 Alternative Processing Blocks, 6.61 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_R4 A 0.07

PRB_R5 A 0.11

PRB_R6 A 0.11

PRB_R10 B –0.02

PRB_R12 B 0.01

5.4.3 DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,

HVDD = 3.3 V

DOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 24.28 mW

Table 5-5. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 24.28 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P1 A 1.34

PRB_P2 A 2.86

PRB_P3 A 2.11

PRB_P8 B 1.18

PRB_P9 B 0.53

PRB_P10 B 1.89

PRB_P11 B 0.87

PRB_P23 A 1.48

PRB_P24 A 2.89

PRB_P25 A 3.23

DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 24.5 mW

Table 5-6. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 24.5 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P1 A 1.17

PRB_P2 A 2.62

PRB_P3 A 2

PRB_P8 B 0.99

PRB_P9 B 0.5

PRB_P10 B 1.46

PRB_P11 B 0.66

PRB_P23 A 1.43

PRB_P24 A 2.69

PRB_P25 A 2.92

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.4.4 DAC Playback on Headphones, Mono, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,

HVDD = 3.3 V

DOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 15.4 mW

Table 5-7. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 15.4 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P4 A 0.57

PRB_P5 A 1.48

PRB_P6 A 1.08

PRB_P13 B 0.56

PRB_P14 B 0.27

PRB_P15 B 0.89

PRB_P16 B 0.31

DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 15.54 mW

Table 5-8. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 15.54 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P4 A 0.37

PRB_P5 A 1.23

PRB_P6 A 1.15

PRB_P13 B 0.43

PRB_P14 B 0.13

PRB_P15 B 0.85

PRB_P16 B 0.21

5.4.5 DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,

HVDD = 3.3 V

DOSR = 768, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 22.44 mW

Table 5-9. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 22.44 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P1 A 0.02

PRB_P2 A 0.31

PRB_P3 A 0.23

PRB_P8 B 0.28

PRB_P9 B –0.03

PRB_P10 B 0.14

PRB_P11 B 0.05

PRB_P23 A 0.29

PRB_P24 A 0.26

PRB_P25 A 0.47

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

DOSR = 384, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 22.83 mW

Table 5-10. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 22.83 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P1 A 0.27

PRB_P2 A 0.4

PRB_P3 A 0.34

PRB_P8 B 0.2

PRB_P9 B 0.08

PRB_P10 B 0.24

PRB_P11 B 0.12

PRB_P23 A 0.23

PRB_P24 A 0.42

PRB_P25 A 0.46

5.4.6 DAC Playback on Headphones, Mono, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,

HVDD = 3.3 V

DOSR = 768, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 14.49 mW

Table 5-11. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 14.49 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P4 A –0.04

PRB_P5 A 0.2

PRB_P6 A –0.01

PRB_P13 B 0.1

PRB_P14 B 0.05

PRB_P15 B –0.03

PRB_P16 B 0.07

DOSR = 384, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 14.42 mW

Table 5-12. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 14.42 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P4 A 0.16

PRB_P5 A 0.3

PRB_P6 A 0.2

PRB_P13 B 0.15

PRB_P14 B 0.07

PRB_P15 B 0.18

PRB_P16 B 0.09

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.4.7 DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 192 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,

HVDD = 3.3 V

DOSR = 32, Processing Block = PRB_P17 (Interpolation Filter C)

Power consumption = 27.05 mW

Table 5-13. PRB_P17 Alternative Processing Blocks, 27.05 mW

Processing Block Filter Estimated Power Change (mW)

PRB_P18 C 5.28

PRB_P19 C 1.98

5.4.8 DAC Playback on Line Out (10 k-Ωload), Stereo, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.0

HVDD = 3.0 V

DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)

Power consumption = 12.85 mW

5.5 Audio ADC and Analog Inputs

5.5.1 MICBIAS and Microphone Preamplifier

The TSC2117 includes a microphone bias circuit which can source up to 4 mA of current, and is

programmable to a 2-V, 2.5-V, or AVDD level. The level can be controlled by writing to page 1/register 46,

bits D1–D0. This functionality is shown in Table 5-14.

Table 5-14. MICBIAS Settings

D1 D0 FUNCTIONALITY

0 0 MICBIAS output is powered down.

0 1 MICBIAS output is powered to 2 V.

1 0 MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5 V.

1 1 MICBIAS output is powered to AVDD.

During normal operation, MICBIAS can be set to 2.5 V for better performance. However, depending on the

model of microphone that is selected, optimal performance might be obtained at another setting, so the

performance at a given setting should be verified.

The lowest current consumption occurs when MICBIAS is powered down. The next-lowest current

consumption occurs when MICBIAS is set at AVDD.

Because of the oversampling nature of the audio ADC and the integrated digital decimation filtering,

requirements for analog anti-aliasing filtering are very relaxed. The TSC2117 integrates a second-order

analog anti-aliasing filter with 20-dB attenuation at 1 MHz. This filter, combined with the digital decimal

filter, provides sufficient anti-aliasing filtering without requiring any external components.

The MIC PGA supports analog gain control from from 0 dB to 59.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB. These gain

levels can be controlled by writing to page 1/register 47, bits D6–D0. The PGA gain changes are

implemented with internal soft-stepping. This soft-stepping ensures that volume-control changes occur

smoothly with no audible artifacts. On reset, the MIC PGA gain defaults to a mute condition, with soft

stepping enabled. The ADC soft-stepping control can be enabled or disabled by writing to

page 0/register 81, bits D1–D0. ADC soft-stepping timing is provided by the internal oscillator and internal

divider logic block.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

The input feed-forward resistance for the MIC input of the microphone PGA stage has three settings of

10 kΩ, 20 kΩ, and 40 kΩ, which are controlled by writing to page 1/register 48, bits D7 and D6. The input

feed-forward resistance value selected affects the gain of the microphone PGA. The ADC PGA gain for

the MIC input depends on the setting of page1/registers 48 and 49, bits D7–D6. If D7–D6 are set to 01,

then the ADC PGA has 6 dB more gain with respect to the value programmed using page 1/register 47. If

D7–D6 are set to 10, then the ADC PGA has the same gain as programmed using page 1/register 47. If

D7–D6 are set to 11, then the ADC PGA has 6 dB less gain with respect to the value programmed using

page 1/register 47. The same gain scaling is also valid for the AUX1 and AUX2 input, based on the feed-

forward resistance selected using page 1/register 48, bits D5–D2.

Table 5-15. PGA Gain Versus Input Impedance

EFFECTIVE GAIN APPIED BY PGA

Page1 Reg 47 Single-Ended Differential

D6..D0 RIN = 10k RIN = 20k RIN = 40k RIN = 10k RIN = 20K RIN = 40k

000 0000 6dB 0dB –6dB 12dB 6dB 0dB

000 0001 6.5dB 0.5dB –5.5dB 12.5dB 6.5dB 0.5dB

000 0010 7dB 1dB –5dB 13dB 7dB 1dB

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

The MIC PGA gain can be controlled either by an AGC loop or as a fixed gain. See Figure 1-1 for the

various analog input routings to the MIC PGA that are supported in the single-ended and differential

configurations. The AGC can be enabled by writing to page 0/register 86, bit D7. If the AGC is not

enabled, then setting a fixed gain is done by writing to page 1/register 47, bits D6–D0. Because the

TSC2117 supports soft-stepping gain changes, a read-only flag on page 0/register 36, bit D7 is set

whenever the gain applied by PGA equals the desired value set by the gain register. The MIC PGA can be

enabled by writing to page 1/register 47, bit D7. ADC muting can be done by writing to page 0/register 82,

bit D7 and page 1/register 47, bit D7. Disabling the MIC PGA sets the gain to 0 dB. Muting the ADC

causes the digital output to mute so that the output value remains fixed. When soft-stepping is enabled,

the CODEC_CLKIN signal must stay active until after the ADC power-down register is written, in order to

ensure that soft-stepping to mute has had time to complete. When the ADC POWER UP flag is no longer

set, the CODEC_CLKIN signal can be shut down.

5.5.2 Automatic Gain Control (AGC)

The TSC2117 includes automatic gain control (AGC) for the microphone input (MIC). AGC can be used to

maintain nominally constant output-signal amplitude when recording speech signals. This circuitry

automatically adjusts the MIC PGA gain as the input signal becomes overly loud or very weak, such as

when a person speaking into a microphone moves closer to or farther from the microphone. The AGC

algorithm has several programmable settings, including target gain, attack and decay time constants,

noise threshold, and maximum PGA applicable, that allow the algorithm to be fine-tuned for any particular

application. The algorithm uses the absolute average of the signal (which is the average of the absolute

value of the signal) as a measure of the nominal amplitude of the output signal. Because the gain can be

changed at the sample interval time, the AGC algorithm operates at the ADC_fSclock rate.

Target level represents the nominal output level at which the AGC attempts to hold the ADC output signal

level. The TSC2117 allows programming of eight different target levels, which can be programmed from

–5.5 dB to –24 dB relative to a full-scale signal. Because the TSC2117 reacts to the signal absolute

average and not to peak levels, it is recommended that the target level be set with enough margin to avoid

clipping at the occurrence of loud sounds.

An AGC low-pass filter is used to help determine the average level of the input signal. This average level

is compared to the programmed detection levels in the AGC to provide the correct functionality. This low-

pass filter is in the form of a first-order IIR filter. Programming this filter is done by writing to

page 4/registers 2–7. Two 8-bit registers are used to form the 16-bit digital coefficient as shown on the

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Attack time determines how quickly the AGC circuitry reduces the PGA gain when the input signal is too

loud. Programming the attack time is done by writing to page 0/register 89, bits D7–D0.

Decay time determines how quickly the PGA gain is increased when the input signal is too low.

Programming the decay time is done by writing to page 0/register 90, bits D7–D0.

Noise threshold is a reference level. If the input speech average value falls below the noise threshold,

the AGC considers it as a silence and hence brings down the gain to 0 dB in steps of 0.5 dB every sample

period and sets the noise-threshold flag. The gain stays at 0 dB unless the input speech signal average

rises above the noise-threshold setting. This ensures that noise is not amplified in the absence of speech.

The noise-threshold level in the AGC algorithm is programmable from –30 dB to –90 dB for the

microphone input. When the AGC noise threshold is set to –70 dB, –80 db, or –90 dB, the microphone

input maximum PGA applicable setting must be greater than or equal to 11.5 dB, 21.5 dB, or 31.5 dB,

respectively. This operation includes debounce and hysteresis to prevent the AGC gain from cycling

between high gain and 0 dB when signals are near the noise threshold level. When the noise-threshold

flag is set, the status of the gain applied by the AGC and the saturation flag should be ignored.

Programming the noise debounce is done by writing to page 0/register 91, bits D4–D0. Programming the

signal debounce is done by writing to page 0/register 92, bits D3–D0.

Max PGA applicable allows the user to restrict maximum gain applied by AGC. This can be used for

limiting PGA gain in situations where environmental noise is greater than the programmed noise threshold.

Microphone input maximum PGA can be programmed from 0 dB to 59.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB.

Programming the maximum PGA gain allowed by the AGC is done by writing to page 0/register 88,

bits D6–D0.

See Table 5-16 for various AGC programming options. AGC can be used only if the microphone input is

routed to the ADC channel.

Table 5-16. AGC Settings(1)

CONTROL REGISTER BIT FUNCTION

36 D5 (Read-only) AGC saturation flag

39 D3 (Read-only) ADC saturation flag

45 D6 (Read-only) Signal to level setting of noise threshold

86 D7 AGC enable

86 D6–D4 Target level

87 D7–D6 Hysteresis

87 D5–D1 Noise threshold

88 D6–D0 Maximum PGA applicable

89 D7–D0 Time constants (attack time)

90 D7–D0 Time constants (decay time)

91 D4–D0 Debounce time (noise)

92 D3–D0 Debounce time (signal)

93 D7–D0 (Read-only) Gain applied by AGC

(1) All registers shown in this table are located on page 0.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

W0002-01

Decay Time

Target

Level

Input

Signal

Output

Signal

AGC

Gain

Attack

Time

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-2. AGC Characteristics

The AGC settings should be set based on user and system conditions, such as microphone selection and

sensitivity, acoustics (plastics) around the microphone which affect the microphone pattern, expected

distance and direction between microphone and sound source, acoustic background noise, etc.

One example of AGC code follows, but actual use of code should be verified based on application usage.

Note that the AGC code should be set up before powering up the ADC.

####################### AGC ENABLE EXAMPLE CODE ##################### ## Switch to Page-

0 w 30 00 00 # Set AGC enable and Target Level = -

10 dB # Target level can be set lower if clipping occurs during speech # Target level is

adjusted considering Max Gain also w 30 56 A0 # AGC hysteresis=DISABLE, noise threshold = -

90dB # Noise threshold should be set at higher level if noisy background is present in

application w 30 57 FE # AGC maximum gain= 40 dB # Higher Max gain is a trade off between

gaining up a low sensitivity MIC, and the background # acoustic noise # Microphone bias voltage

(MICBIAS) level can be used to change the Microphone Sensitivity w 30 58 50 # Attack

time=864/Fs w 30 59 68 # Decay time=22016/Fs w 30 5A A8 # Noise debounce 0 ms # Noise debounce

time can be increased if needed w 30 5B 00 # Signal debounce 0 ms # Signal debounce time can be

increased if needed w 30 5C 00 ######################## END of AGC SET UP

#################################

5.5.3 Delta-Sigma ADC

The analog-to-digital converter has a delta-sigma modulator with an oversampling ratio (AOSR) up to 128.

The ADC can support a maximum output rate of 192 kHz.

ADC power up is controlled by writing to page 0/register 81, bit D7. An ADC power-up condition can be

verified by reading page 0/register 36, bit D6.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.5.4 ADC Decimation Filtering and Signal Processing

The TSC2117 ADC channel includes built-in digital decimation filters to process the oversampled data

from the delta-sigma modulator to generate digital data at the Nyquist sampling rate with high dynamic

range. The decimation filter can be chosen from three different types, depending on the required

frequency response, group delay, and sampling rate.

5.5.4.1 ADC Processing Blocks

The TSC2117 offers a range of processing blocks which implement various signal processing capabilities

along with decimation filtering. These processing blocks give users the choice of how much and what type

of signal processing they may use and which decimation filter is applied.

The choices among these processing blocks allow the system designer to balance power conservation

and signal-processing flexibility. Less signal-processing capability reduces the power consumed by the

device. Table 5-17 gives an overview of the available processing blocks of the ADC channel and their

properties. The Resource Class (RC) column gives an approximate indication of power consumption.

The signal processing blocks available are:

• First-order IIR

• Scalable number of biquad filters

• Variable-tap FIR filter

• AGC

The processing blocks are tuned for common cases and can achieve high anti-alias filtering or low group

delay in combination with various signal-processing effects such as audio effects and frequency shaping.

The available first-order IIR, biquad, and FIR filters have fully user-programmable coefficients.

Table 5-17. ADC Processing Blocks

Processing Decimation 1st Order Number Required Resource

Channel FIR

Blocks Filter IIR Available BiQuads AOSR Value Class

PRB_R4 Mono A Yes 0 No 128, 64 3

PRB_R5 Mono A Yes 5 No 128, 64 4

PRB_R6 Mono A Yes 0 25-tap 128, 64 4

PRB_R10 Mono B Yes 0 No 64 2

PRB_R11 Mono B Yes 3 No 64 2

PRB_R12 Mono B Yes 0 20-tap 64 2

PRB_R16 Mono C Yes 0 No 32 2

PRB_R17 Mono C Yes 5 No 32 2

PRB_R18 Mono C Yes 0 25-tap 32 2

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

To Audio

Interface

1st Order

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

FilterB

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To Audio

Interface

To AnalogPGA

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

1st Order

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

Filter A 25-TapFIR

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To AnalogPGA

To Audio

Interface

1stOrder

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

Filter A HE

To Audio

Interface

To AnalogPGA

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To Audio

Interface

1stOrder

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

Sation

AGC

To AnalogPGA

Filter A

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.5.4.2 ADC Processing Blocks – Signal Chain Details

5.5.4.2.1 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A

Figure 5-3. Signal Chain for PRB_R4

5.5.4.2.2 Five Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A

Figure 5-4. Signal Chain for PRB_R5

5.5.4.2.3 25-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A

Figure 5-5. Signal Chain for PRB_R6

5.5.4.2.4 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B

Figure 5-6. Signal Chain for PRB_R10

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

1stOrder

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

FilterC

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To AnalogPGA

To Audio

Interface

1st Order

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

FilterB 20-TapFIR

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To AnalogPGA

To Audio

Interface

1st

Order

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

FilterB HC

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To AnalogPGA

To Audio

Interface

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.5.4.2.5 Three Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B

Figure 5-7. Signal Chain for PRB_R11

5.5.4.2.6 20-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B

Figure 5-8. Signal Chain for PRB_R12

5.5.4.2.7 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C

Figure 5-9. Signal Chain for PRB_R16

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

LargestPositiveNumber:

=0.111 1111 1111 111

=0.999969482421875=1.0 – 1LSB

LargestNegativeNumber:

=1.0000 0000 0000 000

=0x8000= –1.0(bydefinition)

111

1 1 1

S.xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx.. x x x

SignBit

2 Bit

–1

2 Bit

–4

2 Bit

–15

Fraction

Point

1st Order

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

FilterC 25-TapFIR

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To AnalogPGA

To Audio

Interface

1stOrder

IIR

AGC

Gain

Compen

sation

AGC

FilterC HE

FromDelta-Sigma

Modulatoror

DigitalMicrophone

From

DigitalVol.Ctrl

To AnalogPGA

To Audio

Interface

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.5.4.2.8 Five Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C

Figure 5-10. Signal Chain for PRB_R17

5.5.4.2.9 25-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C

Figure 5-11. Signal Chain for PRB_R18

5.5.4.3 User-Programmable Filters

Depending on the selected processing block, different types and orders of digital filtering are available. A

first-order IIR filter is always available, and is useful to filter out possible dc components of the signal

efficiently. Up to five biquad sections or, alternatively, FIR filters of up to 25 taps are available for specific

processing blocks. The coefficients of the available filters are arranged as sequentially indexed

coefficients.

The coefficients of these filters are each 16 bits wide, in 2s-complement format, and occupy two

consecutive 8-bit registers in the register space. Specifically, the filter coefficients are in 1.15 (one dot 15)

format with a range from –1.0 (0x8000) to 0.999969482421875 (0x7FFF), as shown in Figure 5-12.

Figure 5-12. 1.15 2s-Complement Coefficient Format

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

1 2

0 1 2

15 1 2

1 2

N 2 N z N z

H(z) 2 2 D z D z

- -

+ ´ +

=- ´ -

0 1

15 1

N N z

H(z) 2 D z

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.5.4.3.1 First-Order IIR Section

The transfer function for the first-order IIR filter is given by

(1)

The frequency response for the first-order IIR section with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB.

Table 5-18. ADC First-Order IIR Filter Coefficients

Filter ADC Coefficient

Filter Default (Reset) Values

Coefficient

N0 Page 4/registers 8–9 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

First-order IIR N1 Page 4/registers 10–11 0x0000

D1 Page 4/registers 12–13 0x0000

5.5.4.3.2 Biquad Section

The transfer function of each of the biquad filters is given by

(2)

The default values for each biquad section yield an all-pass (flat) frequency response at a gain of 0 dB.

Table 5-19. ADC Biquad Filter Coefficients

Filter Coefficient RAM

Filter Filter Coefficient Default (Reset) Values

Location

Biquad A N0 Page 4/registers 14–15 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 4/registers 16–17 0x0000

N2 Page 4/registers 18–19 0x0000

D1 Page 4/registers 20–21 0x0000

D2 Page 4/registers 22–23 0x0000

Biquad B N0 Page 4/registers 24–25 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 4/registers 26–27 0x0000

N2 Page 4/registers 28–29 0x0000

D1 Page 4/registers 30–31 0x0000

D2 Page 4/registers 32–33 0x0000

Biquad C N0 Page 4/registers 34–35 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 4/registers 36–37 0x0000

N2 Page 4/registers 38–39 0x0000

D1 Page 4/registers 40–41 0x0000

D2 Page 4/registers 42–43 0x0000

Biquad D N0 Page 4/registers 44–45 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 4/registers 46–47 0x0000

N2 Page 4/registers 48–49 0x0000

D1 Page 4/registers 50–51 0x0000

D2 Page 4/registers 52–53 0x0000

Biquad E N0 Page 4/registers 54–55 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 4/registers 56–57 0x0000

N2 Page 4/registers 58–59 0x0000

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

n 0

H(z) FIR z

M 24 for PRB _R6, PRB _ R18

M 19 for PRB _R12

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 5-19. ADC Biquad Filter Coefficients (continued)

Filter Coefficient RAM

Filter Filter Coefficient Default (Reset) Values

Location

D1 Page 4/registers 60–61 0x0000

D2 Page 4/registers 62–63 0x0000

5.5.4.3.3 FIR Section

Three of the available ADC processing blocks offer FIR filters for signal processing. Processing block

PRB_R12 features a 20-tap FIR filter, whereas the processing blocks PRB_R6 and PRB_R18 feature a

25-tap FIR filter.

(3)

The coefficients of the FIR filters are 16-bit 2s-complement format (2 bytes each) and correspond to the

ADC coefficient space as listed in Table 5-20. Note that the default (reset) coefficients are not vaild for the

FIR filter. When the FIR filter is used, all applicable coefficients must be reprogrammed by the user. To

reprogram the FIR filter coefficients as an all-pass filter, write value 0x00 to page 4/registers 24, 25, 34,

35, 44, 45, 54, and 55.

Table 5-20. ADC FIR Filter Coefficients

Filter FIlter Coefficient RAM Default (Reset) Values – Not Valid for the FIR Filter – Must

Coefficient Location Be Reprogrammed by User

Fir0 Page 4/registers 14–15 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

Fir1 Page 4/registers 16–17 0x0000

Fir2 Page 4/registers 18–19 0x0000

Fir3 Page 4/registers 20–21 0x0000

Fir4 Page 4/registers 22–23 0x0000

Fir5 Page 4/registers 24–25 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

Fir6 Page 4/registers 26–27 0x0000

Fir7 Page 4/registers 28–29 0x0000

Fir8 Page 4/registers 30–31 0x0000

Fir9 Page 4/registers 32–33 0x0000

Fir10 Page 4/registers 34–35 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

Fir11 Page 4/registers 36–37 0x0000

Fir12 Page 4/registers 38–39 0x0000

Fir13 Page 4/registers 40–41 0x0000

Fir14 Page 4/registers 42–43 0x0000

Fir15 Page 4/registers 44–45 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

Fir16 Page 4/registers 46–47 0x0000

Fir17 Page 4/registers 48–49 0x0000

Fir18 Page 4/registers 50–51 0x0000

Fir19 Page 4/registers 52–53 0x0000

Fir20 Page 4/registers 54–55 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

Fir21 Page 4/registers 56–57 0x0000

Fir22 Page 4/registers 58–59 0x0000

Fir23 Page 4/registers 60–61 0x0000

Fir24 Page 4/registers 62–63 0x0000

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

FrequencyNormalizedw.r.t.FS

Magnitude-dB

ADCChannelResponseforDecimationFilter A

(Redlinecorrespondsto-73dB)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.5.4.4 ADC Digital Decimation Filter Characteristics

The TSC2117 offers three different types of decimation filters. The integrated digital decimation filter

removes high-frequency content and downsamples the audio data from an initial sampling rate of

AOSR × fSto the final output sampling rate of fS. The decimation filtering is achieved using a higher-order

CIC filter followed by linear-phase FIR filters. The decimation filter cannot be chosen by itself; it is implicitly

set through the chosen processing block.

The following subsections describe the properties of the available filters A, B, and C.

5.5.4.4.1 Decimation Filter A

This filter is intended for use at sampling rates up to 48 kHz. When configuring this filter, the oversampling

ratio of the ADC can either be 128 or 64. For highest performance, the oversampling ratio must be set

to 128.

Filter A can also be used for 96 kHz at an AOSR of 64.

Table 5-21. ADC Decimation Filter A, Specification

Parameter Condition Value (Typical) Unit

AOSR = 128

Filter gain pass band 0…0.39 fS0.062 dB

Filter gain stop band 0.55…64 fS–73 dB

Filter group delay 17/fSs

Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.062 dB

Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.05 dB

Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.05 dB

AOSR = 64

Filter gain pass band 0…0.39 fS0.062 dB

Filter gain stop band 0.55…32 fS–73 dB

Filter group delay 17/fSs

Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.062 dB

Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.05 dB

Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.05 dB

Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps 0…20 kHz 0.1 dB

Figure 5-13. ADC Decimation Filter A, Frequency Response

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

Magnitude-dB

FrequencyNormalizedw.r.t.FS

ADCChannelResponseforDecimationFilter A

(Redlinecorrespondsto-44dB)

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.5.4.4.2 Decimation Filter B

Filter B is intended to support sampling rates up to 96 kHz at an oversampling ratio of 64.

Table 5-22. ADC Decimation Filter B, Specifications

Parameter Condition Value (Typical) Unit

AOSR = 64

Filter gain pass band 0…0.39 fS±0.077 dB

Filter gain stop band 0.60 fS…32 fS–46 dB

Filter group delay 11/fSs

Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.076 dB

Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.06 dB

Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.39 fS0.06 dB

Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps 0…20 kHz 0.11 dB

Figure 5-14. ADC Decimation Filter B, Frequency Response

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

-20

-40

-60

-80

-100

-120

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

Magnitude-dB

FrequencyNormalizedw.r.t.FS

ADCChannelResponseforDecimationFilterC

(Redlinecorrespondsto-60dB)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.5.4.4.3 Decimation Filter C

Filter C along with an AOSR of 32 is specially designed for 192-ksps operation for the ADC. The pass

band, which extends up to 0.11 × fS(corresponding to 21 kHz), is suited for audio applications.

Table 5-23. ADC Decimation Filter C, Specifications

Parameter Condition Value (Typical) Unit

Filter gain from 0 to 0.11 fS0…0.11 fS±0.033 dB

Filter gain from 0.28 fSto 16 fS0.28 fS…16 fS–60 dB

Filter group delay 11/fSs

Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps 0…0.11 fS0.033 dB

Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps 0…0.11 fS0.033 dB

Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps 0…0.11 fS0.032 dB

Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps 0…0.11 fS0.032 dB

Pass-band ripple, 192 ksps 0…20 kHz 0.086 dB

Figure 5-15. ADC Decimation Filter C, Frequency Response

5.5.4.5 ADC Data Interface

The decimation filter and signal processing block in the ADC channel passes 32-bit data words to the

audio serial interface once every cycle of ADC_fS. During each cycle of ADC_fS, a pair of data words (for

left and right channel) is passed. The audio serial interface rounds the data to the required word length of

the interface before converting to serial data. Because the TSC2117 has only a mono ADC, it passes the

same data to both the left and right channels of the audio serial interface.

5.5.5 Updating ADC Digital Filter Coefficients During Record

When it is required to update the ADC digital filter coefficients during record, care must be taken to avoid

click and pop noise or even a possible oscillation noise. These artifacts can occur if the ADC coefficients

are updated without following the proper update sequence. The correct sequence is shown in Figure 5-16.

The values for the times listed are conservative and should be used for software purposes.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Record- Paused

ADCPowerDown

Update

DigitalFilter

Coefficients

ADCPowerUP

Wait20ms

VolumeRampDown

SoftMute

Restore Previous

VolumeLevel(Ramp)

in(B)ms

Record- Continue

Wait(A)ms

Forf =32kHz

S®Wait10ms(min)

Forf =48kHz Wait8ms(min)

S®

For =32kHz ®f 10ms

Forf =48kHz 8ms

S®

ADCVolumeRampDownWAIT Time(A)

ADCVolumeRampUp Time(B)

F0023-02

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-16. Updating ADC Digital Filter Coefficients During Record

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

MONODATA NODATA MONODATA NODATA MONODATA NODATA

ADC_MOD_CLK

DIG_MIC_IN

Mono ADC

CICFilter

Signal

Processing

Blocks

GPIO1 GPIO2

MISO SDIN SCLK

ADC_MOD_CLK

DIG_M _INIC

D S-

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.5.6 Digital Microphone Function

In addition to supporting analog microphones, the TSC2117 can also interface to one digital microphone

using using the mono ADC channel. Figure 5-17 shows the digial microphone interface block diagram and

Figure 5-18 shows the timing diagram for the digital microphone interface.

Figure 5-17. Digital Microphone in the TSC2117

The TSC2117 outputs internal clock ADC_MOD_CLK on the GPIO1 pin (page 0/register 51, bits D5–D2 =

1010), GPIO2 pin (page 0/register 52, bits D5–D2 = 1010), or MISO pin (page 0/register 55, bits D4–D1 =

0111). This clock can be connected to the external digital microphone device. The single-bit output of the

external digital microphone device can be connected to the GPIO1, GPIO2, SDIN, or SCLK pins (for this

mode, page 0/register 51, 52, 54, or 56 must be configured as a secondary input). Internally, the TSC2117

latches the steady value of the mono ADC data on the rising edge of ADC_MOD_CLK.

Figure 5-18. Timing Diagram for Digital Microphone Interface

When the digital microphone mode is enabled, the analog section of the ADC can be powered down and

bypassed for power efficiency. The AOSR value for the ADC channel must be configured to select the

desired decimation ratio to be achieved, based on the external digital microphone properties.

5.5.7 DC Measurement

The TSC2117 supports a highly flexible dc measurement feature using the high-resolution oversampling

and noise-shaping ADC. This mode can be used when the ADC channel is not used for the voice/audio

record function. This mode can be enabled by programming page 0/register 102, bit D7. The converted

data is 24 bits, using the 2.22 numbering format. The value of the converted data for ADC channel can be

read back from page 0/registers 104–106. Before reading back the converted data, page 0/register 103,

bit D6 must be programmed to 1 in order to latch the converted data into the read-back registers. After the

converted data is read back, page 0/register 103, bit D6 must be immediately reset to 0. In dc-

measurement mode, two measurement modes are supported.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Mode A

In dc-measurement mode A, a variable-length averaging filter is used. The length of averaging filter D can

be programmed from 1 to 20 by programming page 0/register 102, bits D4–D0. To choose mode A, page

0/register 102, bit D5 must be programmed to 0.

Mode B

To choose mode B, page 0/register 102, bit D5 must be programmed to 1. In dc-measurement mode B, a

first-order IIR filter is used. The coefficients of this filter are determined by D, page 0/register 102, bits

D4–D0. The nature of the filter is given in Table 5-24.

Table 5-24. DC Measurement Bandwidth Settings

D:Page 0/Register 102, Bits D4–D0 –3 dB BW (kHz) –0.5 dB BW (kHz)

1 688.44 236.5

2 275.97 96.334

3 127.4 44.579

4 61.505 21.532

5 30.248 10.59

6 15.004 5.253

7 7.472 2.616

8 3.729 1.305

9 1.862 652

10 931 326

11 465 163

12 232.6 81.5

13 116.3 40.7

14 58.1 20.3

15 29.1 10.2

16 14.54 5.09

17 7.25 2.54

18 3.63 1.27

19 1.8 0.635

20 0.908 0.3165

By programming page 0/register 103, bit D5 to 1, the averaging filter is periodically reset after 2Rnumber

of ADC_MOD_CLK periods, where R is programmed in page 0/register 103, bits D4–D0. When

page 0/register 103, bit D5 is set to 1, then the value of D should be less than the value of R. When

page 0/register 103, bit D5 is programmed to 0, the averaging filter is never reset.

5.6 Audio DAC and Audio Analog Outputs

Each channel of the stereo audio DAC consists of a digital audio processing block, a digital interpolation

filter, a digital delta-sigma modulator, and an analog reconstruction filter. This high oversampling ratio

(normally DOSR is between 32 and 128) exhibits good dynamic range by ensuring that the quantization

noise generated within the delta-sigma modulator stays outside of the audio frequency band. Audio analog

outputs include stereo headphone/lineouts and stereo class-D speaker outputs.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.6.1 DAC

The TSC2117 stereo audio DAC supports data rates from 8 kHz to 192 kHz. Each channel of the stereo

audio DAC consists of a signal-processing engine with fixed processing blocks, a programmable miniDSP,

a digital interpolation filter, multibit digital delta-sigma modulator, and an analog reconstruction filter. The

DAC is designed to provide enhanced performance at low sampling rates through increased oversampling

and image filtering, thereby keeping quantization noise generated within the delta-sigma modulator and

signal images strongly suppressed within the audio band to beyond 20 kHz. To handle multiple input rates

and optimize power dissipation and performance, the TSC2117 allows the system designer to program the

oversampling rates over a wide range from 1 to 1024 by configuring page 0/registers 13 and 14. The

system designer can choose higher oversampling ratios for lower input data rates and lower oversampling

ratios for higher input data rates.

The TSC2117 DAC channel includes a built-in digital interpolation filter to generate oversampled data for

the delta-sigma modulator. The interpolation filter can be chosen from three different types, depending on

required frequency response, group delay, and sampling rate.

DAC power up is controlled by writing to page 0/register 63, bit D7 for the left channel and bit D6 for the

right channel. The left-channel DAC clipping flag is provided as a read-only bit on page 0/register 39, bit

D7. The right-channel DAC clipping flag is provided as a read-only bit on page 0/register 39, bit D6.

5.6.1.1 DAC Processing Blocks

The TSC2117 implements signal-processing capabilities and interpolation filtering via processing blocks.

These fixed processing blocks give users the choice of how much and what type of signal processing they

may use and which interpolation filter is applied.

The choices among these processing blocks allows the system designer to balance power conservation

and signal-processing flexibility. Table 5-25 gives an overview of all available processing blocks of the

DAC channel and their properties. The resource-class column gives an approximate indication of power

consumption for the digital (DVDD) supply; however, based on the out-of-band noise specturum, the

analog power consumption of the drivers (HVDD) may differ.

The signal processing blocks available are:

• First-order IIR

• Scalable number of biquad filters

• 3D effect

• Beep generator

The processing blocks are tuned for common cases and can achieve high image rejection or low group

delay in combination with various signal processing effects such as audio effects and frequency shaping.

The available first-order IIR and biquad filters have fully user-programmable coefficients.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Interp.

Filter

A,B

DRCHPF

BiQuad

IIR to

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Interface

Interp.

Filter A

BiQuad

Ato

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Interface

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 5-25. Overview – DAC Predefined Processing Blocks

Number

Processing Interpolation First-Order Beep Resource

Channel of DRC 3D

Block No. Filter IIR Available Generator Class

Biquads

PRB_P1 A Stereo No 3 No No No 8

PRB_P2 A Stereo Yes 6 Yes No No 12

PRB_P3 A Stereo Yes 6 No No No 10

PRB_P4 A Left No 3 No No No 4

PRB_P5 A Left Yes 6 Yes No No 6

PRB_P6 A Left Yes 6 No No No 6

PRB_P7 B Stereo Yes 0 No No No 6

PRB_P8 B Stereo No 4 Yes No No 8

PRB_P9 B Stereo No 4 No No No 8

PRB_P10 B Stereo Yes 6 Yes No No 10

PRB_P11 B Stereo Yes 6 No No No 8

PRB_P12 B Left Yes 0 No No No 3

PRB_P13 B Left No 4 Yes No No 4

PRB_P14 B Left No 4 No No No 4

PRB_P15 B Left Yes 6 Yes No No 6

PRB_P16 B Left Yes 6 No No No 4

PRB_P17 C Stereo Yes 0 No No No 3

PRB_P18 C Stereo Yes 4 Yes No No 6

PRB_P19 C Stereo Yes 4 No No No 4

PRB_P20 C Left Yes 0 No No No 2

PRB_P21 C Left Yes 4 Yes No No 3

PRB_P22 C Left Yes 4 No No No 2

PRB_P23 A Stereo No 2 No Yes No 8

PRB_P24 A Stereo Yes 5 Yes Yes No 12

PRB_P25 A Stereo Yes 5 Yes Yes Yes 12

5.6.1.2 DAC Processing Blocks – Signal Chain Details

5.6.1.2.1 Three Biquads, Filter A

Figure 5-19. Signal Chain for PRB_P1 and PRB_P4

5.6.1.2.2 Six Biquads, First-Order IIR, DRC, Filter A or B

Figure 5-20. Signal Chain for PRB_P2, PRB_P5, PRB_P10, and PRB_P15

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Interp.

FilterC

DRCHPF

IIR to

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

BiQuad

from

Interface

Interp.

FilterB

BiQuad

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Interface

Interp.

FilterB

DRCHPF

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

BiQuad

from

Interface

Interp.

Filter

B,C

IIR to

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Interface

Interp.

Filter

A,B

BiQuad

IIR to

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Interface

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.6.1.2.3 Six Biquads, First-Order IIR, Filter A or B

Figure 5-21. Signal Chain for PRB_P3, PRB_P6, PRB_P11, and PRB_P16

5.6.1.2.4 IIR, Filter B or C

Figure 5-22. Signal Chain for PRB_P7, PRB_P12, PRB_P17, and PRB_P20

5.6.1.2.5 Four Biquads, DRC, Filter B

Figure 5-23. Signal Chain for PRB_P8 and PRB_P13

5.6.1.2.6 Four Biquads, Filter B

Figure 5-24. Signal Chain for PRB_P9 and PRB_P14

5.6.1.2.7 Four Biquads, First-Order IIR, DRC, Filter C

Figure 5-25. Signal Chain for PRB_P18 and PRB_P21

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

PGA

–

From

Left-

Channel

Interface

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

Biquad

Modulator

Biquad

From

Right-

Channel

Interface

Interp.

Filter A

Interp.

Filter A

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

Interp.

FilterC

BiQuad

IIR to

modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Interface

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.6.1.2.8 Four Biquads, First-Order IIR, Filter C

Figure 5-26. Signal Chain for PRB_P19 and PRB_P22

5.6.1.2.9 Two Biquads, 3D, Filter A

NOTE: ALmeans biquad A of the left channel, and similarly, BRmeans biquad B of the right channel.

Figure 5-27. Signal Chain for PRB_P23

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

DRCHPF

PGA

DRC

HPF

–

From

Left-

Channel

Interface

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

Biquad

Interp.

Filter A

Interp.

Filter A

Biquad

From

Right-

Channel

Interface

Biquad

FRTo

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

Beep

Gen.

BeepVolumeCtrl

IIR

Left

IIR

Right

BiQuad

Interp.

Filter A

DRC

HPF

BiQuad

IIR

Left

PGA

Interp.

Filter A

DRC

HPF

BiQuad

IIR

Right +

from

Left

Channel

Interface

Modulator

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

Digital

Volume

Ctrl

from

Right

Channel

Interface

BiQuad

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.6.1.2.10 Five Biquads, DRC, 3D, Filter A

Figure 5-28. Signal Chain for PRB_P24

5.6.1.2.11 Five Biquads, DRC, 3D, Beep Generator, Filter A

Figure 5-29. Signal Chain for PRB_P25

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

0 1

15 1

N N z

H(z) 2 D z

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.6.1.3 DAC User-Programmable Filters

Depending on the selected processing block, different types and orders of digital filtering are available. Up

to six biquad sections are available for specific processing blocks.

The coefficients of the available filters are arranged as sequentially-indexed coefficients in two banks. If

adaptive filtering is chosen, the coefficient banks can be switched on-the-fly.

When the DAC is running, the user-programmable filter coefficients are locked and cannot be accessed

for either read or write.

However the TSC2117 offers an adaptive filter mode as well. Setting page 8/register 1, bit D2 = 1 turns on

double buffering of the coefficients. In this mode, filter coefficients can be updated through the host and

activated without stopping and restarting the DAC. This enables advanced adaptive filtering applications.

In the double-buffering scheme, all coefficients are stored in two buffers (buffers A and B). When the DAC

is running and adaptive filtering mode is turned on, setting page 8/register 1, bit D0 = 1 switches the

coefficient buffers at the next start of a sampling period. This bit is set back to 0 after the switch occurs. At

the same time, page 8/register 1, bit D1 toggles.

The flag in page 8/register 1, bit D1 indicates which of the two buffers is actually in use.

Page 8/register 1, bit D1 = 0: buffer A is in use by the DAC engine; bit D1 = 1: buffer B is in use.

While the device is running, coefficient updates are always made to the buffer not in use by the DAC,

regardless of the buffer to which the coefficients have been written.

Table 5-26. Adaptive-Mode Filter-Coefficient Buffer Switching

DAC Running? Page 8, Reg 1, D(1) Coefficient Buffer in Use Writing to Updates

No 0 None C1, buffer A C1, buffer A

No 0 None C1, buffer B C1, buffer B

Yes 0 Buffer A C1, buffer A C1, buffer B

Yes 0 Buffer A C1, buffer B C1, buffer B

Yes 1 Buffer B C1, buffer A C1, buffer A

Yes 1 Buffer B C1, buffer B C1, buffer A

The user-programmable coefficients C1 to C70 are defined on pages 8, 9, 10, and 11 for buffer A and

pages 12, 13, 14, and 15 for buffer B.

The coefficients of these filters are each 16-bit, 2s-complement format, occupying two consecutive 8-bit

registers in the register space. Specifically, the filter coefficients are in 1.15 (one dot 15) format with a

range from –1.0 (0x8000) to 0.999969482421875 (0x7FFF) as shown in Figure 5-12.

5.6.1.3.1 First-Order IIR Section

The IIR is of first order and its transfer function is given by

(4)

The frequency response for the first-order IIR section with default coefficients is flat.

Table 5-27. DAC IIR Filter Coefficients

DAC Coefficient, DAC Coefficient,

Filter Filter Coefficient Default (Reset) Values

Left Channel Right Channel

First-order IIR N0 Page 9/registers 2–3 Page 9/registers 8–9 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB

value)

N1 Page 9/registers 4–5 Page 9/registers 10–11 0x0000

D1 Page 9/registers 6–7 Page 9/registers 12–13 0x0000

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

1 2

0 1 2

15 1 2

1 2

N 2 N z N z

H(z) 2 2 D z D z

- -

+ ´ +

=- ´ -

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.6.1.3.2 Biquad Section

The transfer function of each of the biquad filters is given by

(5)

Table 5-28. DAC Biquad Filter Coefficients

Filter Coefficient Left DAC Channel Right DAC Channel Default (Reset) Values

Biquad A N0 Page 8/registers 2–3 Page 8/registers 66–67 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 8/registers 4–5 Page 8/registers 68–69 0x0000

N2 Page 8/registers 6–7 Page 8/registers 70–71 0x0000

D1 Page 8/registers 8–9 Page 8/registers 72–73 0x0000

D2 Page 8/registers 10–11 Page 8/registers 74–75 0x0000

Biquad B N0 Page 8/registers 12–13 Page 8/registers 76–77 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 8/registers 14–15 Page 8/registers 78–79 0x0000

N2 Page 8/registers 16–17 Page 8/registers 80–81 0x0000

D1 Page 8/registers 18–19 Page 8/registers 82–83 0x0000

D2 Page 8/registers 20–21 Page 8/registers 84–85 0x0000

Biquad C N0 Page 8/registers 22–23 Page 8/registers 86–87 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 8/registers 24–25 Page 8/registers 88–89 0x0000

N2 Page 8/registers 26–27 Page 8/registers 90–91 0x0000

D1 Page 8/registers 28–29 Page 8/registers 92–93 0x0000

D2 Page 8/registers 30–31 Page 8/registers 94–95 0x0000

Biquad D N0 Page 8/registers 32–33 Page 8/registers 96–97 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 8/registers 34–35 Page 8/registers 98–99 0x0000

N2 Page 8/registers 36–37 Page 8/registers 100–101 0x0000

D1 Page 8/registers 38–39 Page 8/registers 102–103 0x0000

D2 Page 8/registers 40–41 Page 8/registers 104–105 0x0000

Biquad E N0 Page 8/registers 42–43 Page 8/registers 106–107 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 8/registers 44–45 Page 8/registers 108–109 0x0000

N2 Page 8/registers 46–47 Page 8/registers 110–111 0x0000

D1 Page 8/registers 48–49 Page 8/registers 112–113 0x0000

D2 Page 8/registers 50–51 Page 8/registers 114–115 0x0000

Biquad F N0 Page 8/registers 52–53 Page 8/registers 116–117 0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)

N1 Page 8/registers 54–55 Page 8/registers 118–119 0x0000

N2 Page 8/registers 56–57 Page 8/registers 120–121 0x0000

D1 Page 8/registers 58–59 Page 8/registers 122–123 0x0000

D2 Page 8/registers 60–61 Page 8/registers 124–125 0x0000

5.6.1.4 DAC Interpolation Filter Characteristics

5.6.1.4.1 Interpolation Filter A

Filter A is designed for an fSup to 48 ksps with a flat pass band of 0 kHz–20 kHz.

Table 5-29. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter A

Parameter Condition Value (Typical) Unit

Filter-gain pass band 0 … 0.45 fS±0.015 dB

Filter-gain stop band 0.55 fS… 7.455 fS–65 dB

Filter group delay 21/fSs

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

Magnitude-dB

DACChannelResponseforInterpolationFilterB

(Redlinecorrespondsto-58dB)

0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5

FrequencyNormalizedw.r.t.FS

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

13 4 5 6 7

Magnitude-dB

FrequencyNormalizedw.r.t.FS

DACChannelResponseforInterpolationFilter A

(Redlinecorrespondsto-65dB)

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-30. Frequency Response of DAC Interpolation Filter A

5.6.1.4.2 Interpolation Filter B

Filter B is specifically designed for an fSup to 96 ksps. Thus, the flat pass-band region easily covers the

required audio band of 0 kHz–20 kHz.

Table 5-30. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter B

Parameter Condition Value (Typical) Unit

Filter-gain pass band 0 … 0.45 fS±0.015 dB

Filter-gain stop band 0.55 fS… 3.45 fS–58 dB

Filter group delay 18/fSs

Figure 5-31. Frequency Response of Channel Interpolation Filter B

5.6.1.4.3 Interpolation Filter C

Filter C is specifically designed for the 192-ksps mode. The pass band extends up to 0.4 × fS

(corresponds to 80 kHz), more than sufficient for audio applications.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50

-60

-70

Magnitude-dB

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4

FrequencyNormalizedw.r.t.FS

DACChannelResponseforInterpolationFilterC

(Redlinecorrespondsto-43dB)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-32. Frequency Response of DAC Interpolation Filter C

Table 5-31. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter C

Parameter Condition Value (Typical) Unit

Filter-gain pass band 0 … 0.35 fS±0.03 dB

Filter-gain stop band 0.6 fS… 1.4 fS–43 dB

Filter group delay 13/fSs

5.6.2 DAC Digital-Volume Control

The DAC has a digital-volume control block which implements programmable gain. Each channel has an

independent volume control that can be varied from 24 dB to –63.5 dB in 0.5-dB steps. The left-channel

DAC volume can be controlled by writing to page 0/register 65, bits D7–D0. The right-channel DAC

volume can be controlled by writing to page 0/register 66, bits D7–D0. DAC muting and setting up a

master gain control to control both channels is done by writing to page 0/register 64, bits D3–D0. The gain

is implemented with a soft-stepping algorithm, which only changes the actual volume by 0.125 dB per

input sample, either up or down, until the desired volume is reached. The rate of soft-stepping can be

slowed to one step per two input samples by writing to page 0/register 63, bits D1–D0. Note that the

default source for volume-control level settings is control by register writes (page 0/registers 65 and 66 to

control volume). Use of the VOL/MICDET pin to control the DAC volume is ignored until the volume

control source selected has been changed to pin control (page 0/register 116, bit D7 = 1). This

functionality is shown in Figure 1-1.

During soft-stepping, the host does not receive a signal when the DAC has been completely muted. This

may be important if the host must mute the DAC before making a significant change, such as changing

sample rates. In order to help with this situation, the device provides a flag back to the host via a read-

only register, page 0/register 38, bit D4 for the left channel and bit D0 for the right channel. This

information alerts the host when the part has completed the soft-stepping, and the actual volume has

reached the desired volume level. The soft-stepping feature can be disabled by writing to

page 0/register 63, bits D1–D0.

If soft-stepping is enabled, the CODEC_CLKIN signal should be kept active until the DAC power-up flag is

cleared. When this flag is cleared, the internal DAC soft-stepping process is complete, and

CODEC_CLKIN can be stopped if desired. (The analog volume control can be ramped down using an

internal oscillator.)

5.6.3 Volume-Control Pin

The range of voltages used by the 7-bit SAR ADC is shown in the Electrical Characteristics table.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

The volume-control pin is not enabled by default but it can be enabled by writing 1 to page 0/register 116,

bit D7. The default DAC volume control uses software control of the volume, which occurs if

page 0/register 116, bit D7 = 0. Soft-stepping the volume level is set up by writing to page 0/register 63,

bits D1–D0.

When the volume-pin function is used, a 7-bit Vol ADC reads the voltage on the VOL/MICDET pin and

updates the digital volume control. (It overwrites the current value of the volume control.) The new volume

setting which has been applied due to a change of voltage on the volume control pin can be read on

page 0/register 117, bits D6–D0. The 7-bit Vol ADC clock source can be selected on page 0/register 116,

bit D6. The update rate can be programmed on page 0/register 116, bits D2–D0 for this 7-bit SAR ADC.

The VOL/MICDET pin gainmapping is shown in Table 5-32.

Table 5-32. VOL/MICDET Pin Gain Mapping

VOL/MICDET PIN SAR OUTPUT DIGITAL GAIN APPLIED

0 18 dB

1 17.5 dB

2 17 dB

: :

35 0.5 dB

36 0.0 dB

37 –0.5 dB

: :

89 –26.5 dB

90 –27 dB

91 –28 dB

: :

125 –62 dB

126 –63 dB

127 Mute

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

DAC_L

DAC_R

24 dB to Mute

Digital

7- Bit ADC

AVDD

AVSS

18 dB to Mute

24 dB to Mute

D-

DAC

D-

DAC

VolumeLevel

Vol

Ctl

Vol

Ctl

Programmable

DSP

Engine

B0210-05

VREF

IN AVDD

CVOL ToneGeneratorandMixer Are

NOT Shown

VOL/

MICDET

Programmable

DSP

Engine

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

The VOL/MICDET pin connection and functionality are shown in Figure 5-33.

Figure 5-33. Digital Volume Controls for Beep Generator and DAC Play Data

As shown in Table 5-32, the VOL/MICDET pin has a range of volume control from 18 dB down to –63 dB,

and mute. However, if less maximum gain is required, then a smaller range of voltage should be applied

to the VOL/MICDET pin. This can be done by increasing the value of R2 relative to the value of (P1 + R1),

so that more voltage is available at the bottom of P1. The circuit should also be designed such that for the

values of R1, R2, and P1 chosen, the maximum voltage (top of the potentiometer) does not exceed

AVDD/2 (see Figure 5-33). The recommended values for R1, R2, and P1 for several maximum gains are

shown in Table 5-33. Note that In typical applications, R1 should not be 0 Ω, as the VOL/MICDET pin

should not exceed AVDD/2 for proper ADC operation.

Table 5-33. VOL/MICDET Pin Gain Scaling

ADC VOLTAGE

R1 P1 R2 DIGITAL GAIN RANGE

for AVDD = 3.3 V

(kΩ) (kΩ) (kΩ) (dB)

(V)

25 25 0 0 V to 1.65 V 18 dB to –63 dB

33 25 7.68 0.386 V to 1.642 V 3 dB to –63 dB

34.8 25 9.76 0.463 V to 1.649 V 0 dB to –63 dB

5.6.4 Dynamic Range Compression

Typical music signals are characterized by crest factors, the ratio of peak signal power to average signal

power, of 12 dB or more. To avoid audible distortions due to clipping of peak signals, the gain of the DAC

channel must be adjusted so as not to cause hard clipping of peak signals. As a result, during nominal

periods, the applied gain is low, causing the perception that the signal is not loud enough. To overcome

this problem, DRC in the TSC2117 continuously monitors the output of the DAC digital volume control to

detect its power level relative to 0 dBFS. When the power level is low, DRC increases the input signal gain

to make it sound louder. At the same time, if a peaking signal is detected, it autonomously reduces the

applied gain to avoid hard clipping. This results in sounds more pleasing to the ear as well as sounding

louder during nominal periods.

The DRC functionality in the TSC2117 is implemented by a combination of processing blocks in the DAC

channel as described in Section 5.6.1.2.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

0 1

LPF 15 1

N N z

H (z) 2 D z

0 1

HPF 15 1

N N z

H (z) 2 D z

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

DRC can be disabled by writing to page 0/register 68, bits D6–D5.

DRC typically works on the filtered version of the input signal. The input signals have no audio information

at dc and extremely low frequencies; however, they can significantly influence the energy estimation

function in DRC. Also, most of the information about signal energy is concentrated in the low-frequency

region of the input signal.

To estimate the energy of the input signal, the signal is first fed to the DRC high-pass filter and then to the

DRC low-pass filter. These filters are implemented as first-order IIR filters given by

(6)

(7)

The coefficients for these filters are 16 bits wide in 2s-complement format and are user-programmable

through register write as given in Table 5-34

Table 5-34. DRC HPF and LPF Coefficients

Coefficient Location

HPF N0 C71 page 9/registers 14 to 15

HPF N1 C72 page 9/registers 16 to 17

HPF D1 C73 page 9/registers 18 to 19

LPF N0 C74 page 9/registers 20 to 21

LPF N1 C75 page 9/registers 22 to 23

LPF D1 C76 page 9/registers 24 to 25

The default values of these coefficients implement a high-pass filter with a cutoff at 0.00166 × DAC_fS,

and a low-pass filter with a cutoff at 0.00033 × DAC_fS.

The output of the DRC high-pass filter is fed to the processing block selected for the DAC channel. The

absolute value of the DRC-LPF filter is used for energy estimation within the DRC.

The gain in the DAC digital volume control is controlled by page 0/registers 65 and 66. When the DRC is

enabled, the applied gain is a function of the digital volume control register setting and the output of the

DRC.

The DRC parameters are described in sections that follow.

5.6.4.1 DRC Threshold

The DRC threshold represents the level of the DAC playback signal at which the gain compression

becomes active. The output of the digital volume control in the DAC is compared with the set threshold.

The threshold value is programmable by writing to page 0/register 68, bits D4–D2. The threshold value

can be adjusted between –3 dBFS and –24 dBFS in steps of 3 dB. Keeping the DRC threshold value too

high may not leave enough time for the DRC block to detect peaking signals, and can cause excessive

distortion at the outputs. Keeping the DRC threshold value too low can limit the perceived loudness of the

output signal.

The recommended DRC threshold value is –24 dB.

When the output signal exceeds the set DRC threshold, the interrupt flag bits at page 0/register 44, bits

D3–D2 are updated. These flag bits are sticky in nature, and are reset only after they are read back by the

user. The non-sticky versions of the interrupt flags are also available at page 0/register 46, bits D3–D2.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.6.4.2 DRC Hysteresis

DRC hysteresis is programmable by writing to page 0/register 68, bits D1–D0. These bits can be

programmed to represent values between 0 dB and 3 dB in steps of 1dB. It is a programmable window

around the programmed DRC threshold that must be exceeded for disabled DRC to become enabled, or

enabled DRC to become disabled. For example, if the DRC threshold is set to –12 dBFS and the DRC

hysteresis is set to 3 dB, then if the gain compression in DRC is inactive, the output of the DAC digital

volume control must exceed –9 dBFS before gain compression due to the DRC is activated. Similarly,

when the gain compression in the DRC is active, the output of the DAC digital volume control must fall

below –15 dBFS for gain compression in the DRC to be deactivated. The DRC hysteresis feature prevents

the rapid activation and de-activation of gain compression in DRC in cases when the output of the DAC

digital volume control rapidly fluctuates in a narrow region around the programmed DRC threshold. By

programming the DRC hysteresis as 0 dB, the hysteresis action is disabled.

The recommended value of DRC hysteresis is 3 dB.

5.6.4.3 DRC Hold

The DRC hold is intended to slow the start of decay for a specified period of time in response to a

decrease in energy level. To minimize audible artifacts, it is recommended to set the DRC hold time to 0

through programming page 0/register 69, bits D6–D3 = 0000.

5.6.4.4 DRC Attack Rate

When the output of the DAC digital volume control exceeds the programmed DRC threshold, the gain

applied in the DAC digital volume control is progressively reduced to avoid the signal from saturating the

channel. This process of reducing the applied gain is called attack. To avoid audible artifacts, the gain is

reduced slowly with a rate equaling the attack rate, programmable via page 0/register 70, bits D7–D4.

Attack rates can be programmed from 4-dB gain change per 1/DAC_fSto 1.2207e–5-dB gain change per

1/DAC_fS.

Attack rates should be programmed such that before the output of the DAC digital volume control can clip,

the input signal should be sufficiently attenuated. High attack rates can cause audible artifacts, and too-

slow attack rates may not be able to prevent the input signal from clipping.

The recommended DRC attack rate value is 1.9531e–4 dB per 1/DAC_fS.

5.6.4.5 DRC Decay Rate

When the DRC detects a reduction in output signal swing beyond the programmed DRC threshold, the

DRC enters a decay state, where the applied gain in the digital-volume control is gradually increased to

programmed values. To avoid audible artifacts, the gain is slowly increased with a rate equal to the decay

rate programmed through page 0/register 70, bits D3–D0. The decay rates can be programmed from

1.5625e–3 dB per 1/DAC_fSto 4.7683e–7 dB per 1/DAC_fS. If the decay rates are programmed too high,

then sudden gain changes can cause audible artifacts. However, if it is programmed too slow, then the

output may be perceived as too low for a long time after the peak signal has passed.

The recommended Value of DRC attack rate is 2.4414e–5 dB per 1/DAC_fS.

5.6.4.6 Example Setup for DRC

• PGA Gain = 12 dB

• Threshold = –24 dB

• Hysteresis = 3 dB

• Hold time = 0 ms

• Attack Rate = 1.9531e–4 dB per 1/DAC_fS

• Decay Rate = 2.4414e–5 dB per 1/DAC_fS

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

1 3

Micbias

MICBIAS

HPR

HPL

VOL/MICDET

Micpga

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Script

#Go to Page 0 w 30 00 00 #DAC => 12 db gain left w 30 41 18 #DAC => 12 db gain right w 30 42 18

#DAC => DRC Enabled for both channels, Threshold = -

24 db, Hysteresis = 3 dB w 30 44 7F #DRC Hold = 0 ms, Rate of Changes of Gain = 0.5 dB/Fs' w 30

45 00 #Attack Rate = 1.9531e-4 dB/Frame , DRC Decay Rate =2.4414e-

5 dB/Frame w 30 46 B6 #Go to Page 9 w 30 00 09 #DRC HPF w 30 0E 7F AB 80 55 7F 56 #DRC LPF W 30

14 00 11 00 11 7F DE

5.6.4.7 Headset Detection

The TSC2117 includes extensive capability to monitor a headphone, microphone, or headset jack, to

determine if a plug has been inserted into the jack, and then determine what type of headset/headphone

is wired to the plug. The device also includes the capability to detect a button press, even, for example,

when starting calls on mobile phones with headsets. Figure 5-34 shows the circuit configuration to enable

this feature.

Figure 5-34. Jack Connections for Headset Detection

This feature is enabled by programming page 0/register 67, bit D1. In order to avoid false detections due

to mechanical vibrations in headset jacks or microphone buttons, a debounce function is provided for

glitch rejection. For the case of headset insertion, a debounce function with a range of 32 ms to 512 ms is

provided. This can be programmed via page 0/register 67, bits D4–D2. For improved button-press

detection, the debounce function has a range of 8 ms to 32 ms by programming page 0/register 67, bits

D1–D0.

The TSC2117 also provides feedback to user when a button press or a headset insertion/removal event is

detected through register-readable flags as well as an interrupt on the I/O pins. The value in

page 0/register 46, bits D5–D4 provides the instantaneous state of button press and headset insertion.

Page 0/register 44, bit D5 is a sticky (latched) flag that is set when the button-press event is detected.

Page 0/register 44, bit D4 is a sticky flag which is set when the headset insertion or removal event is

detected. These sticky flags are set by the event occurrence, and are reset only when read. This requires

polling page 0/register 44. To avoid polling and the associated overhead, the TSC2117 also provides an

interrupt feature whereby the events can trigger the INT1 and/or INT2 interrupts. These interrupt events

can be routed to one of the digital output pins. See Section 5.6.4.8 for details.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

The TSC2117 not only detects a headset insertion event, but also is able to distinguish between the

different headsets inserted, such as stereo headphones or cellular headphones. After the headset-

detection event, the user can read page 0/register 67, bits D6–D5 to determine the type of headset

inserted.

Table 5-35. Headset-Detection Block Registers

Page 0/register 67, bit D1 Headset-detection enable/disable

Page 0/register 67, bits D4–D2 Debounce programmability for headset detection

Page 0/register 67, bits D1–D0 Debounce programmability for button press

Page 0/register 44, bit D5 Sticky flag for button-press event

Page 0/register 44, bit D4 Sticky flag for headset-insertion or -removal event

Page 0/rRegister 46, bit D5 Status flag for button-press event

Page 0/register 46, bit D4 Status flag for headset insertion and removal

Page 0/register 67, bits D6–D5 Flags for type of headset detected

The headset detection block requires AVDD to be powered. The headset detection feature in the

TSC2117 is achieved with very low power overhead, requiring less than 20 μA of additional current from

the AVDD supply.

5.6.4.8 Interrupts

Some specific events in the TSC2117 which may require host processor intervention, can be used to

trigger interrupts to the host processor. This avoids polling the status-flag registers continuously. The

TSC2117 has two defined interrupts, INT1 and INT2, that can be configured by programming

page 0/registers 48 and 49. A user can configure interrupts INT1 and INT2 to be triggered by one or many

events, such as:

• Headset detection

• Button press

• DAC DRC signal exceeding threshold

• Noise detected by AGC

• Overcurrent condition in headphone drivers/speaker drivers

• Data overflow in ADC and DAC processing blocks and filters

• DC measurement data available

• SAR measurement data available

• Touch detection

Each of these INT1 and INT2 interrupts can be routed to output pins like GPIO1, GPIO2, SDOUT, and

MISO by configuring the respective output control registers in page 0/registers 51, 52, 53, and 55. These

interrupt signals can either be configured as a single pulse or a series of pulses by programming

page 0/register 48, bit D0 and page 0/register 49, bit D0. If the user configures the interrupts as a series of

pulses, the events trigger the start of pulses that stop when the flag registers in page 0/registers 44, 45,

and 50 are read by the user to determine the cause of the interrupt.

5.6.5 Key-Click Functionality With Beep Generator

A special algorithm has been included in the digital signal processing block for generating a digital sine-

wave signal that is sent to the DAC. This functionality is intended for generating key-click sounds for user

feedback. The sine-wave generator is very flexible (see Table 5-36) and is completely register

programmable. Programming page 0/registers 71–79 (8 bits each) completely controls the functionality of

this generator and allows for differentiating sounds.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

The two registers used for programming the 16-bit sine-wave coefficient are page 0/registers 76 and 77.

The two registers used for programming the 16-bit cosine-wave coefficient are page 0/registers 78 and 79.

This coefficient resolution allows virtually any frequency of sine wave in the audio band to be generated,

up to fS/2.

The three registers used to control the length of the sine-burst waveform are page 0/registers 73–75. The

resolution (bit) in the registers of the sine-burst length is one sample time, so this allows great control on

the overall time of the sine-burst waveform. This 24-bit length timer supports 16,777,215 sample times.

(For example, if fSis set at 48 kHz, and the register value equals 96,000d (01 7700h), then the sine burst

lasts exactly 2 seconds.) The default settings for the tone generator, based on using a sample rate of

48 kHz, are 1-kHz (approximately) sine wave, with a sine-burst length of five cycles (5 ms).

Table 5-36. Beep Generator Register Locations (Page 00h)

LEFT RIGHT BEEP LENGTH SINE COSINE

BEEP BEEP MSB MID LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB

CONTROL CONTROL

Table 5-37. Example Beep-Generator Settings for a 1000-Hz Tone

BEEP FREQUENCY BEEP LENGTH SINE COSINE SAMPLE RATE

MSB MID LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB

Hz Hz

(hex) (hex) (hex) (hex) (hex) (hex) (hex)

1000(1) 0 0 EE 10 D8 7E E3 48,000

(1) These are the default settings.

Two registers are used to control the left sine-wave volume and the right sine-wave volume independently.

The 6-bit digital volume control used allows level control of 2 dB to –61 dB in 1-dB steps. The left-channel

volume is controlled by writing to page 0/register 71, bits D5–D0. The right-channel volume is controlled

by writing to page 0, register 72, bits D5–D0. A master volume control that controls the left and right

channels of the beep generator can be set up by writing to page 0/register 72, bits D7–D6. The default

volume control setting is 2 dB, which provides the maximum tone-generator output level.

For generating other tones, the three tone-generator coefficients can be found by running the following

script using MATLAB™ :

Sine = dec2hex(round(sin(2*pi*Fin/Fs)*2^15)) Cosine =

dec2hex(round(cos(2*pi*Fin/Fs)*2^15)) Beep Length =

dec2hex(floor(Fs*Cycle/Fin))

where,

fin = Beep frequency desired.

fS= Sample rate.

Cycle = Number of beep (sine wave) cycles that are needed.

dec2hex = Decimal to Hexadecimal conversion function.

NOTES:

1. fin should be less than fS/4.

2. For the sine and cosine values, if the number of bits is less than the full 16-bit value, then the unused

MSBs must be written as 0s.

3. For the beep-length values, if number of bits is less than the full 24-bit value, then the unused MSBs

must be written as 0s.

Following the beep volume control is a digital mixer that mixes in a playback data stream whose level has

already been set by the DAC volume control. Therefore, once the key-click volume level is set, the key-

click volume is not affected by the DAC volume control, which is the main control available to the end

user. This functionality is shown in Figure 1-1.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Following the DAC, the signal can be further scaled by the analog output volume control and power

amplifier level control.

The beep generator (used for key-click function) can be operated in two modes, manual and automatic

mode. In manual mode, a single beep is generated by writing to page 0/register 71, bit D7. After the

programmed beep length has finished, register 71, bit D7 is reset back to zero. In the automatic mode, a

beep occurs at the transition of PEN DOWN detection; however, a beep does not occur at the transition of

PEN UP detection. The automatic mode is disabled by default. Automatic mode can be enabled by writing

to page 0/register 71, bit D6. This functionality is shown in Figure 5-36. To minimize the risk of erroneous

beeps occurring, the PEN UP debounce is applied as programmed on page 3/register 18, bits D2–D0.

5.6.6 Programming DAC Digital Filter Coefficients

The digital filter coefficients must be programmed through either the I2C or SPI interface. All digital filtering

for the DAC signal path must be loaded into the RAM before the DAC is powered on. (Note that default

ALLPASS filter coefficients for programmable biquads are located in boot ROM. The boot ROM

automatically loads the default values into the RAM following a hardware reset (toggling the RESET pin)

or after a software reset. After resetting the device, loading boot ROM coefficients into the digital filters

requires 100 μs of programming time. During this time, reading or writing to page 8 through page 15 for

updating DAC filter coefficient values is not permitted. (The DAC should not be powered up until after all

of the DAC configurations have been done by the system microprocessor.)

5.6.7 Updating DAC Digital Filter Coefficients During PLAY

When it is required to update the DAC digital filter coefficients or beep generator during play, care must be

taken to avoid click and pop noise or even a possible oscillation noise. These artifacts can occur if the

DAC coefficients are updated without following the proper update sequence. The correct sequence is

shown in Figure 5-35. The values for times listed in Figure 5-35 are conservative and should be used for

software purposes.

There is also an adaptive mode, in which DAC coefficients can be updated while the DAC is on. For

details, see Section 5.6.1.3.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Play- Paused

DACPowerDown

Update

DigitalFilter

Coefficients

DACPowerUP

Wait20ms

VolumeRampDown

SoftMute

Restore Previous

VolumeLevel(Ramp)

in(B)ms

Play- Continue

Wait(A)ms

Forf =32kHz

S®Wait25ms(min)

Forf =48kHz Wait20ms(min)

S®

For =32kHz ®f 25ms

Forf =48kHz 20ms

S®

DACVolumeRampDownWAIT Time(A)

DACVolumeRampUp Time(B)

F0024-02

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-35. Example Flow For Updating DAC Digital Filter Coefficients During Play

5.6.8 Digital Mixing and Routing

The TSC2117 has four digital mixing blocks. Each mixer can provide either mixing or multiplexing of the

digital audio data. This arrangement of digital mixers allows independent volume control for both the

playback data and the key-click sound. The first set of mixers can be used to make monaural signals from

left and right audio data, or they can even be used to swap channels to the DAC. This function is

accomplished by selecting left audio data for the right DAC input, and right data for the left DAC input. The

second set of mixers provides mixing of the audio data stream and the key-click sound. The digital routing

can be configured by writing to page 0/register 63, bits D5–D4 for the left channel and bits D3–D2 for the

right channel.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

PenDown

PenUp

Transitionat

Pen-DownDetection

Transitionat

Pen-DownDetection

ShortPulseIgnoredDueto

Pen-UpDebounceSetting

PenDown PenDown

NoBeepIsInitiated

Due ToPen-Up

Debounce TimeSetting

T0203-01

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-36. Automatic Beep Mode With Pen-Up Debounce Enabled

Because the key click function uses the digital signal processing block, the CODEC_CLKIN, DAC, analog

volume control, and output driver must be powered on for the key-click sound to occur.

5.6.9 Analog Audio Routing

The TSC2117 has the capability to route the DAC output to either the headphone or the speaker output. If

desirable, both output drivers can be operated at the same time while playing at different volume levels.

The TSC2117 provides various digital routing capabilities, allowing digital mixing or even channel

swapping in the digital domain. All analog outputs other than the selected ones can be powered down for

optimal power consumption.

5.6.9.1 Analog Output Volume Control

The output volume control can be used to fine-tune the level of the mixer amplifier signal supplied to the

headphone driver or the speaker driver. This architecture supports separate and concurrent volume levels

for each of the four output drivers. This volume control can also be used as part of the output pop-noise

reduction scheme. This feature is available even if the ADC and DAC are powered down.

5.6.9.2 Headphone Analog Output Volume Control

For the headphone outputs, the analog volume control has a range from 0 dB to –78 dB in 0.5-dB steps

for most of the useful range plus mute, which is shown in Table 5-38. This volume control includes soft-

stepping logic. Routing the left-channel DAC output signal to the left-channel analog volume control is

done by writing to page 1/register 35, bit D6. Routing the right-channel DAC output signal to the right-

channel analog volume control is done by writing to page 1/register 35, bit D2.

Changing the left-channel analog volume for the headphone is controlled by writing to page 1/register 36,

bits D6–D0. Changing the right-channel analog volume for the headphone is controlled by writing to

page 1/register 37, bits D6–D0. Routing the signal from the output of the left-channel analog volume

control to the input of the left-channel headphone power amplifier is done by writing to page 1/register 36,

bit D7. Routing the signal from the output of the right-channel analog volume control to the input of the

right-channel headphone power amplifier is done by writing to page 1/register 37, bit D7.

The analog volume-control soft-stepping time is based on the setting in page 0/register 63, bits D1–D0.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 5-38. Analog Volume Control for Headphone and Speaker Outputs (for D7 = 1)(1)

(D6–D0) (dB) (D6–D0) (dB) (D6–D0) (dB) (D6–D0) (dB)

0 0.0 30 –15.0 60 –30.1 90 –45.2

1 –0.5 31 –15.5 61 –30.6 91 –45.8

2 –1.0 32 –16.0 62 –31.1 92 –46.2

3 –1.5 33 –16.5 63 –31.6 93 –46.7

4 –2.0 34 –17.0 64 –32.1 94 –47.4

5 –2.5 35 –17.5 65 –32.6 95 –47.9

6 –3.0 36 –18.1 66 –33.1 96 –48.2

7 –3.5 37 –18.6 67 –33.6 97 –48.7

8 –4.0 38 –19.1 68 –34.1 98 –49.3

9 –4.5 39 –19.6 69 –34.6 99 –50.0

10 –5.0 40 –20.1 70 –35.2 100 –50.3

11 –5.5 41 –20.6 71 –35.7 101 –51.0

12 –6.0 42 –21.1 72 –36.2 102 –51.4

13 –6.5 43 –21.6 73 –36.7 103 –51.8

14 –7.0 44 –22.1 74 –37.2 104 –52.2

15 –7.5 45 –22.6 75 –37.7 105 –52.7

16 –8.0 46 –23.1 76 –38.2 106 –53.7

17 –8.5 47 –23.6 77 –38.7 107 –54.2

18 –9.0 48 –24.1 78 –39.2 108 –55.3

19 –9.5 49 –24.6 79 –39.7 109 –56.7

20 –10.0 50 –25.1 80 –40.2 110 –58.3

21 –10.5 51 –25.6 81 –40.7 111 –60.2

22 –11.0 52 –26.1 82 –41.2 112 –62.7

23 –11.5 53 –26.6 83 –41.7 113 –64.3

24 –12.0 54 –27.1 84 –42.1 114 –66.2

25 –12.5 55 –27.6 85 –42.7 115 –68.7

26 –13.0 56 –28.1 86 –43.2 116 –72.2

27 –13.5 57 –28.6 87 –43.8 117–127 –78.3

28 –14.0 58 –29.1 88 –44.3

29 –14.5 59 –29.6 89 –44.8

(1) Mute when D7 = 0 and D6–D0 = 127 (0x7F)

5.6.9.3 Class-D Speaker Analog Output Volume Control

For the speaker outputs, the analog volume control has a range from 0 dB to –78 dB in 0.5-dB steps for

most of the useful range plus mute, as seen in Table 5-38. The implementation includes soft-stepping

logic.

Routing the left-channel DAC output signal to the left-channel analog volume control is done by writing to

page 1/register 35, bit D6. Routing the right-channel DAC output signal to the right-channel analog volume

control is done by writing to page 1/register 35, bit D2. Changing the left-channel analog volume for the

speaker is controlled by writing to page 1/register 38, bits D6–D0. Changing the right-channel analog

volume for the speaker is controlled by writing to page 1/register 39, bits D6–D0.

Routing the signal from the output of the left-channel analog volume control to the input of the left-channel

speaker amplifier is done by writing to page 1/register 38, bit D7. Routing the signal from the output of the

right-channel analog volume control to the input of the right-channel speaker amplifier is done by writing to

page 1/register 39, bit D7.

The analog volume-control soft-stepping time is based on the setting in page 0/register 63, bits D1–D0.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.6.10 Analog Outputs

Various analog routings are supported for playback. All the options can be conveniently viewed on the

functional block diagram, Figure 1-1.

5.6.10.1 Headphone Drivers

The TSC2117 features a stereo headphone driver (HPL and HPR) that can deliver up to 30 mW per

channel, at 3.3 V supply voltage, into a 16-Ωload. The headphones are used in a single-ended

configuration where an ac coupling capacitor (dc blocking) is connected between the device output pins

and the headphones. The headphone driver also supports 32-Ωand 10-kΩloads without changing any

control register settings.

The headphone drivers can be configured to optimize the power consumption in the lineout-drive mode by

writing 11 to page 1/register 44, bits D2–D1.

The output common mode of the headphone/lineout drivers can be programmed to 1.35 V, 1.5 V, 1.65 V,

or 1.8 V by setting page 1/register 31, bits D4–D3. The common-mode voltage should be set ≤AVDD/2.

The left headphone driver can be powered on by writing to page 1/register 31, bit D7. The right

headphone driver can be powered on by writing to page 1/register 31, bit D6. The left-output driver gain

can be controlled by writing to page 1/register 40, bits D6–D3, and it can be muted by writing to

page 1/register 40, bit D2. The right-output driver gain can be controlled by writing to page 1/register 41,

bits D6–D3, and it can be muted by writing to page 1/register 41, bit D2.

The TSC2117 has a short-circuit protection feature for the headphone drivers, which is always enabled to

provide protection. The output condition of the headphone driver during short circuit can be programmed

by writing to page 1/register 31, bit D1. If D1 = 0 when a short circuit is detected, the device limits the

maximum current to the load. If D1 = 1 when a short circuit is detected, the device powers down the

output driver. The default condition for headphones is the current-limiting mode. In case of a short circuit

on either channel, the output is disabled and a status flag is provided as read-only bits on

page 1/register 31, bit D0. If shutdown mode is enabled, then as soon as the short circuit is detected,

page 1/register 31, bit D7 (for HPL) and/or page 1/register 31, bit D6 (for HPR) clears automatically. Next,

the device requires a reset to re-enable the output stage. Resetting can be done in two ways. First, the

device master reset can be used, which requires either toggling the RESET pin or using the software

reset. If master reset is used, it resets all of the registers. Second, a dedicated headphone power-stage

reset can also be used to re-enable the output stage, and that keeps all of the other device settings. The

headphone power stage reset is done by setting page 1/register 31, bit D7 for HPL and by setting page

1/register 31, bit D6 for HPR. If the fault condition has been removed, then the device returns to normal

operation. If the fault is still present, then another shutdown occurs. Repeated resetting (more than three

times) is not recommended, as this could lead to overheating.

5.6.10.2 Speaker Drivers

The TSC2117 has an integrated class-D stereo speaker driver (SPLP/SPLN and SPRP/SPRN) capable of

driving an 8-Ωdifferential load. The speaker driver can be powered directly from the battery supply (2.7 V

to 5.5 V) on the SLVDD and SRVDD pins; however, the voltage (including spike voltage) must be limited

below the absolute-maximum voltage of 6 V.

The speaker driver is capable of supplying 400 mW per channel with a 3.6-V power supply. Through the

use of digital mixing, the device can connect one or both digital audio playback data channels to either

speaker driver; this also allows digital channel swapping if needed.

The left class-D speaker driver can be powered on by writing to page 1/register 32, bit D7. The right class-

D speaker driver can be powered on by writing to page 1/register 32, bit D6. The left-output driver gain

can be controlled by writing to page 1/register 42, bits D4–D3, and it can be muted by writing to page

1/register 42, bit D2. The right-output driver gain can be controlled by writing to page 1/register 43, bits

D4–D3, and it can be muted by writing to page 1/register 43, bit D2.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

The TSC2117 has a short-circuit protection feature for the speaker drivers that is always enabled to

provide protection. If the output is shorted, the output stage shuts down on the overcurrent condition.

(Current limiting is not an available option for the higher-current speaker driver output stage.) In case of a

short circuit on either channel, the output is disabled and a status flag is provided as a read-only bit on

page 1/register 32, bit D0.

If shutdown occurs due to an overcurrent condition, then the device requires a reset to re-enable the

output stage. Resetting can be done in two ways. First, the device master reset can be used, which

requires either toggling the RESET pin or using the software reset. If master reset is used, it resets all of

the registers. Second, a dedicated speaker power-stage reset can be used that keeps all of the other

device settings. The speaker power-stage reset is done by setting page 1/register 32, bit D7 for SPLP and

SPLN and by setting page 1/register 32, bit D6 for SPRP and SPRN. If the fault condition has been

removed, then the device returns to normal operation. If the fault is still present, then another shutdown

occurs. Repeated resetting (more than three times) is not recommended, as this could lead to

overheating.

To minimize battery current leakage, the SLVDD and SRVDD voltage levels should not be less than

the AVDD voltage level.

The TSC2117 has a thermal protection (OTP) feature for the speaker drivers which is always enabled to

provide protection. If the device is overheated, then the output stops switching. When the device cools

down, the device resumes switching. An overtemperature status flag is provided as a read-only bit on

page 0/register 3, bit D1. The OTP feature is for self-protection of the device. If die temperature can be

controlled at the system/board level, then overtemperature does not occur.

5.6.11 Register Control or Pin Control for Audio Output-Stage Power-Down Configuration

After the device has been configured (following a RESET) and the circuitry has been powered up, the

audio output stage can be powered up and powered down either by pin control or by register control. If pin

control is used, then the GPI2 pin (configured as HP_SP) is used when page 0/register 57,

bits D2–D1 = 11.

The GPI2 pin (configured as HP_SP) is used to control the selection of power up and power down for the

speaker and headphone driver stages. This pin prevents both the headphone and the speaker amplifier

from being powered up at the same time. The speaker amplifier is powered when HP_SP = 0 and the

headphone driver is powered when HP_SP = 1.

disabled.

To control the outputs with the pin controls disabled:

A. To turn on HPL, write a 1 to page 1/register 31, bit D7.

B. To turn on HPR, write a 1 to page 1/register 31, bit D6.

C. To turn on SPL, write a 1 to page 1/register 32, bit D7.

D. To turn on SPR, write a 1 to page 1/register 32, bit D6.

These functions soft-start automatically. By using register control, it is possible to turn all four stages on at

the same time without turning two of them off. By pin control, either headphone or speakers can be on at

the same time.

5.7 SAR ADC Operation (Touch Screen and Auxiliary)

This section describes how to use the SAR ADC for the functions:

• Four-wire resistive touch screen

• Temperature measurement

• Battery measurement

• Auxiliary voltage measurement

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TransparentConductor(ITO)

TopSide

TransparentConductor(ITO)

BottomSide

ConductiveBar

SilverInk

InsulatingMaterial

(Glass)

Y+

X+

Y–

X–

ITO=Indium TinOxide

M0068-01

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.7.1 The Four-Wire Resistive Touch Screen

A resistive touch screen works by applying a voltage across a resistor network and measuring the change

in resistance at a given point on the matrix where a screen is touched by an input stylus, pen, or finger.

The change in the resistance ratio marks the location on the touch screen.

The TSC2117 supports the resistive four-wire configurations (see Figure 5-37). The circuit determines

location in two coordinate-pair dimensions.

A four-wire touch screen is constructed as shown in Figure 5-37. It consists of two transparent resistive

layers separated by insulating spacers.

Figure 5-37. Four-Wire Touch-Screen Construction

The four-wire touch-screen panel works by applying a voltage across the vertical or horizontal resistive

network. The ADC converts the voltage measured at the point the screen is touched. A measurement of

the Y position of the pointing device is made by connecting the X+ input to an ADC, turning on the Y

drivers, and digitizing the voltage seen at the X+ input. The voltage measured is determined by the

voltage divider developed at the point of touch. For this measurement, the horizontal panel resistance in

the X+ lead does not affect the conversion due to the high input impedance of the ADC.

Voltage is then applied to the other axis, and the ADC converts the voltage representing the X position on

the screen. This provides the X and Y coordinates to the associated processor.

When the touch screen is pressed or touched and the drivers to the panel are turned on, the voltage

across the touch screen often overshoots and then slowly settles (decays) down to a stable dc value. This

is due to mechanical bouncing which is caused by vibration of the top layer sheet of the touch screen

when it is pressed. This settling time must be accounted for, or else the converted value will be in error.

Therefore, a delay must be introduced between the time the driver for a particular measurement is turned

on and the time measurement is made.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

X-plate

TOUCH Y-plate

R X-position 4096 Y-position

R 1 R 1

4096 Z 4096

´æ ö æ ö

= - - ´ -

ç ÷ ç ÷

è ø

TOUCH X-plate

X-position

R R 1

4096 Z

æ ö

= ´ -

ç ÷

è ø

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

In some applications, external capacitors may be required across the touch screen for filtering noise

picked up by the touch screen, i.e., noise generated by the LCD panel or back-light circuitry. The value of

these capacitors provides a low-pass filter to reduce the noise, but causes an additional settling time

requirement when the touch-screen panel is touched.

Several solutions to this problem are available in the TSC2117. A programmable delay time is available

which sets the delay between turning the drivers on and making a conversion. This is referred to as the

panel voltage stabilization time, and is used in some of the modes available in the TSC2117.

The TSC2117 touch screen interface can measure position (X, Y). Determination of these coordinates is

possible under two different modes of the ADC:

• Conversion controlled by the TSC2117 is initiated by detection of a touch. In this mode, if touch is

detected, then the TSC2117 automatically starts conversion for touch-screen coordinates based on the

setting of page 3/register 3, bits D5–D2. After the time set by the interval timer, it checks for the touch

again. If touch is still there, it starts conversion for touch-screen coordinates. This process continues.

• Conversion controlled by the TSC2117 is initiated by the host after getting a pen-touch interrupt (Note:

program the GPIO1 or GPIO2 pin such that it generates the interrupt for pen-touch by writing to

page 3/register 3, bits D1–D0; choose either 0 or 2). In this mode, if touch is detected, then the

TSC2117 generates the interrupt (if GPIO1 or GPIO2 is programmed) and then waits for the host to

write to page 3/register 3, bits D5–D2. Once the host write is complete, the TSC2117 starts conversion

for touch-screen coordinates based on the setting of page 3/register 3, bits D5–D2. After the time set

by the interval timer, it checks for the touch again. If touch is still there, it starts conversion for touch-

screen coordinates. However, if touch is removed, then it stops the conversion procedure. The next

time touch is detected, the TSC2117 generates the interrupt (if GPIO1 or GPIO2 is programmed).

Then it waits for the host to write page 3/register 3, bits D5–D2. This process continues.

Measuring touch pressure (Z) can also be done with the TSC2117. Generally, it is not necessary to have

very high performance for this test; therefore, the 8-bit resolution mode is recommended (however,

calculations are shown with the 12-bit resolution mode). There are several different ways of performing

this measurement. The TSC2117 supports two methods. The first method requires knowing the X-plate

resistance, measurement of the X-position, and two additional cross-panel measurements (Z2and Z1) of

the touch screen (see Figure 5-38). Using Equation 8 calculates the touch resistance:

(8)

The second method requires knowing both the X-plate and Y-plate resistance, measurement of X-position

and Y-position, and Z1. Using Equation 9 also calculates the touch resistance:

(9)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

X+ Y+

X– Y–

X-position

MeasureX-position

Touch

X+ Y+

X– Y–

Z -position

MeasureZ -position

Touch

X+ Y+

X– Y–

Z -position

MeasureZ -position

Touch

S0244-01

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-38. Pressure Measurement

5.7.1.1 Touch-Screen SAR ADC

The analog inputs of the TSC2117 are shown in Figure 5-39. The analog inputs (X, Y, and Z touch-panel

coordinates, battery-voltage monitors, chip temperature, and auxiliary inputs) are provided via a

multiplexer to the successive approximation register (SAR) analog-to-digital converter (ADC). The ADC

architecture is based on capacitive redistribution architecture, which inherently includes a sample/hold

function.

A unique configuration of low on-resistance switches allows an unselected ADC input channel to provide

power and an accompanying pin to provide ground for driving the touch screen. By maintaining a

differential input to the converter and a differential reference input architecture, it is possible to negate

errors caused by the driver-switch on-resistances.

The ADC is controlled by an ADC control register. Several modes of operation are possible, depending on

the bits set in the control register. Channel selection, scan operation, resolution, and conversion rate may

all be programmed through this register. These modes are outlined in the following sections for each type

of analog input. The results of conversions made are stored in the appropriate result register.

The SAR ADC can be powered down forcefully by writing to page 3/register 2, bit D7. Overall SAR

configuration and mode is controlled by writing to page 3/register 3, bits D7–D0.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

REFP

IN+

IN– REFM

CONVERTER

VREF

AVSS

TSVSS

AUX2

AUX1

VBAT

X+

X–

Y+

Y–

GPIO1/GPIO2 AVDD TSVDD

Data Available

B0212-02

VREF

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-39. Simplified Diagram of the SAR ADC Analog Input Section

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Data Format

The TSC2117 output data is in unsigned binary format and can be read from two 8-bit registers over the

SPI interface.

Voltage Reference

The TSC2117 has an internal voltage reference that can be set to 1.25 V or 2.5 V through the reference

control register (page 3/regiser 6) .

The internal reference voltage should only be used in the single-ended mode for battery monitoring, for

temperature measurement, and for using the auxiliary inputs.

The TSC2117 is designed to allow use with an external voltage reference (page 3/regiser 6). In many

systems, a 2.5-V reference is supplied; however, this device supports a reference voltage up to the AVDD

level. The external reference should be a low-noise signal and accordingly, depending on the application,

it might be good to provide some R-C filtering at the VREF pin.

This voltage reference should only be used in the single-ended mode for measuring the auxiliary inputs

(AUX1, AUX2, and VBAT). Optimal touch-screen performance is achieved when using a ratiometric

conversion; thus, all touch-screen measurements are done automatically in the ratiometric mode.

Variable Resolution

The TSC2117 provides three different resolutions for the ADC: 8, 10, or 12 bits. Lower resolutions are

often practical for measurements such as system voltages. Performing the conversions at lower resolution

reduces the amount of time it takes for the ADC to complete its conversion process, which lowers power

consumption. The ADC resolution can be programmed by writing to page 3/register 2, bits D6–D5.

5.7.1.2 Conversion Clock and Conversion Time

The TSC2117 contains an internal oscillator, which is used to drive the state machines inside the device

that perform the many functions of the part. MCLK is also available as a high-frequency clock source. The

clock source (internal or MCLK) is selected by writing to page 3/register 16, bit D7. This clock is divided

down to provide a clock to run the SAR ADC. The division ratio for this clock is set by writing to

page 3/register 2, bits D4–D3. The ability to change the conversion clock rate allows the user to choose

the optimal value for resolution, speed, and power. If the internal oscillator is used for the conversion

clock, the ADC is limited to 8-bit resolution; using higher resolutions at this speed does not result in

accurate conversions. Using a 4-MHz conversion clock is suitable for 10-bit resolution; 12-bit resolution

requires that the conversion clock run at 1 or 2 MHz.

To avoid asynchronous issues, the system should use the same value for both page 3/register 16, bit 7

and page 3/register 17, bit 7.

Details for clock selection can be seen in Figure 5-40.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Programmable

Divider

Page3/Register2,BitsD4–D3

ADCSARClock

ADCSAR

ConversionClock

Interval Timers

Internal

Oscillator

Poweredonif

RC_CLKIs

Selected

¸8

RC_CLK

RC_CLK/8

SignalUsedforSAR ADCLogic,

Finite-State-Machine(FSM)Panel

VoltageStabilization Time,

Pre-Charge Time,Sense Time

ToSAR ADC

Debounce TimeforPen-Touch

Removal.

Generation

UsedforProgrammable

Interval Timersforthe12-bitSAR.

AlsoUsedforDebounce Timefor

HeadsetDetectionLogicandfor

ofVariousInterrupts.

Programmable

Divider

Page3/Register17,BitsD6–D0

Page3/Register17,BitD7

MCLK 1

Programmable

Divider

Page3/Register16,BitsD6–D0

Page3/Register16,BitD7

B0213-02

To Avoid AsynchronousClockDomain

Issues, AlwaysSelecttheSameValuefor:

Page3/Register16,BitD7

Page3/Register17,BitD7

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-40. SAR ADC and Interval Timer Clock Selection

Regardless of the conversion clock speed, the internal clock runs nominally at 8.2 MHz. The conversion

time of the TSC2117 depends on several functions. While the conversion clock speed plays an important

role in the time it takes for a conversion to complete, a certain number of internal clock cycles are needed

for proper sampling of the signal. Moreover, additional times, such as the panel voltage stabilization time,

can add significantly to the time it takes to perform a conversion. Conversion time can vary, depending on

the mode in which the TSC2117 is used. Throughout this data sheet, internal and conversion clock cycles

are used to describe the times that many functions take to execute. Considering the total system design,

these times must be taken into account by the user.

The ADC uses either the internal MCLK signal or the internal oscillator for the SAR conversions.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

GPIO1/GPIO2

Data_Available

PenInterrupt

AVDD

50kW

LowWhen TouchDetectionIsDisabled

TEMP1or TEMP2MeasurementIs Activated

HighWhen YP orXP DriversOn

DuringX-Y orX-Y-ZMeasurement

TEMP1or TEMP2MeasurementIs Activated

X+

B0214-02

GlitchRemoval

andDebounce

Logic

TEMP DIODE

TEMP2TEMP1

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.7.1.3 Touch Detect/Data Available – GPIO1 or GPIO2 Programmed as PINTDAV Signal

The interrupt pins (GPIO1 or GPIO2) can be programmed for three functions by writing to

page 0/register 51, bits D5–D2 (GPIO1) or page 0/register 52, bits D5–D2 (GPIO2) the value of 1100. In

this case, these pins function as the PINTDAV signal. The default setting of PINDAV is for pen interrupt

(PENIRQ). However, it could be used for a data-available interrupt (DATA_AVA), or it can be set up for

signaling when either a pen interrupt occurs or the ADC data is available (PENIRQ and DATA_AVA). To

select which signal is used, page 3/register 3, bits D1–D0 must be programmed. A detailed block diagram

is shown in Figure 5-41. While in the power-down mode, the Y– driver is ON and connected to TSVSS,

and the X+ pin is connected through an on-chip pullup resistor to AVDD. In this mode, the X+ pin is also

connected to a digital buffer and multiplexer to drive the GPIO1 or GPIO2 output. When the panel is

touched, the X+ input is pulled to ground through the touch screen and the pen-interrupt signal goes LOW

due to the current path through the touch-screen panel to TSVSS, initiating an interrupt to the processor.

During the measurement cycles for X– and Y– position, the X+ input is disconnected from the pen-

interrupt circuit to prevent any leakage current from the pullup resistor flowing through the touch screen,

and thus causing conversion errors. The TSC2117 uses either the internal oscillator or MCLK for the

debounce logic.

Figure 5-41. GPIO1/GPIO2 Functional Block Diagram

In modes where the TSC2117 must detect if the screen is still touched (for example, when doing a host-

initiated X and Y conversion), the TSC2117 must reset the drivers so that the 50-kΩresistor is connected.

Because of the high value of this pullup resistor, any capacitance on the touch screen inputs causes a

long delay time and may prevent the detection from occurring correctly. To prevent this, the TSC2117 has

a circuit that allows any screen capacitance to be precharged, so that the pullup resistor is not the only

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

source for the charging current. The time allowed for this precharge, as well as the time needed for

sensing and for voltage stabilization if the screen is still touched, can be controlled by register

programming. Precharge time can be set by writing to page 3/register 4, bits D6–D4. Sense time can be

set by writing to page 3, register 4, bits D2–D0, and voltage stabilization time can be set by writing to

page 3/register 5, bits D2–D0.

The function of the GPIO1 or GPIO2 output is controlled by writing to page 3/register 3, bits D1–D0. The

pen-touch detection circuit can be disabled by writing to page 3/register 4, bit D7.

5.7.2 Touch-Screen Measurements

The touch screen ADC either can be controlled by the host processor or can be self-controlled to offload

processing from the host processor. Writing to page 3/register 3, bit D7 sets the control mode of the

TSC2117 touch-screen ADC.

5.7.2.1 Conversion Controlled by the TSC2117 – Initiated by Touch Detect

This mode can be set by writing to page 3/register 3, bit D7 and page 3/register 4, bit D7. In this mode,

the TSC2117 detects when the touch screen is touched and then causes the GPIO1 or GPIO2 line to go

low. At the same time, the TSC2117 starts up its internal clock. Assuming the part was configured to

convert XY coordinates, it then turns on the Y drivers, and after a programmed panel-voltage-stabilization

time, powers up the ADC and converts the Y coordinate.

If the screen is still touched at this time, the X drivers are enabled and the process repeats, but measuring

instead the X coordinate, storing the result in the X register.

If only X and Y coordinates are to be measured, then the conversion process is complete. If touch is still

there, then the foregoing conversion process is repeated again and again until touch is removed or the

SAR ADC is powered down. The time it takes to complete this process depends on the selected

resolution, internal conversion clock rate, panel voltage stabilization time, and precharge and sense times.

Precharge time can be set by writing to page 3/register 4, bits D6–D4. Sense time can be set by writing to

page 3/register 4, bits D2–D0. Voltage stabilization time can be set by writing to page 3/register 5, bits

D2–D0.

See Conversion Time Calculation,Section 5.7.9, for timing diagrams and conversion-time calculations.

5.7.2.2 Conversion Controlled by the TSC2117 – Initiated by the Host

In this mode, the TSC2117 detects when the touch screen is touched and causes the GPIO1 or GPIO2

line to go low. The host recognizes the interrupt request, and then writes to the ADC control register (on

page 3/register 3, bits D5–D2) to select one of the touch-screen scan functions. The host can either

choose to initiate one of the scan functions, in which case the TSC2117 controls the driver turn-on and

wait times (e.g., on receiving the interrupt, the host can initiate the continuous scan function (X-Y), after

which the TSC2117 controls the rest of conversion).

See Conversion Time Calculation,Section 5.7.9, for timing diagrams and conversion-time calculations.

5.7.3 Temperature Measurement

In some applications, such as battery charging, a measurement of ambient temperature is required. The

temperature measurement technique used in the TSC2117 relies on the characteristics of a

semiconductor junction operating at a fixed current level. The forward diode voltage (Vj) has a well-defined

characteristic versus temperature. The ambient temperature can be predicted in applications by knowing

the 25°C value of the Vjvoltage and then monitoring the variation of that voltage as the temperature

changes.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

−15

−10

−5

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

TA − Free-Air Temperature − °C

Error in Measurement − °C

G001

TEMP0 TEMP1

TemperatureSelect

X+

MUX A/D

Converter

B0311-01

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

The TSC2117 offers two modes of temperature measurement. The first mode requires a single reading to

predict the ambient temperature. A diode, as shown in Figure 5-42, is used during this measurement

cycle. This voltage is typically 600 mV at 25°C with a 20-μA current through it. The absolute value of this

diode voltage can vary a few millivolts. The temperature coefficient of this voltage is typically 2 mV/°C.

During the final test of the end product, the diode voltage at a known room temperature is stored in

nonvolatile memory. Further calibration can be done to calculate the precise temperature coefficient of the

particular device. This method has a temperature resolution of approximately 0.4°C/LSB and accuracy of

approximately ±3°C with two-temperature calibration. Figure 5-43 and Figure 5-44 show typical plots with

single and two-temperature calibration, respectively.

Figure 5-42. Functional Block Diagram of Temperature-Measurement Mode

Figure 5-43. Typical Plot of Single-Measurement Method After Calibrating

for Offset at Room Temperature

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

(Temp1 Temp2)

V ln(N)

-= ´

TA − Free-Air Temperature − °C

−1.0

−0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Error in Measurement − °C

G003

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-44. Typical Plot of Single-Measurement Method After Calibrating

for Offset and Gain at Two Temperatures

The second mode uses a two-measurement (differential) method. This mode requires a second

conversion with a current 82 times larger. The voltage difference between the first (TEMP1) and second

(TEMP2) conversion, using 82 times the bias current, is represented by:

(10)

where

N is the current ratio = 82

k = Boltzmann’s constant (1.38054 × 10−23 electrons volts/Kelvin)

q = the electron charge (1.602189 × 10−19 C)

T = the temperature in Kelvins

The equation for the relation between differential code and temperature may vary slightly from device to

device and can be calibrated at final system test by the user. This method provides resolution of

approximately 2°C/LSB and accuracy of approximately ±6°C after calibrating at room temperature. A plot

of typical calibration error for this method is shown in Figure 5-45.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

PIN N

V VREF

= ´

TA − Free-Air Temperature − °C

−4

−3

−2

−1

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Error in Measurement − °C

G012

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-45. Typical Plot of Differential Measurement Method After Calibrating

for Offset and Gain at Two Temperatures

The TSC2117 supports programmable auto-temperature measurement mode, which can be enabled using

page 3/register 19. In this mode, the TSC2117 can auto-start the temperature measurement after a

programmable interval. The user can program minimum and maximum threshold values through a

page 3/register 21, which is cleared after the flag is read. The TSC2117 can also be configured to send an

active-high interrupt over GPIO1 or GPIO2 by setting page 0/register 50 and 52. The duration of the

interrupt is approximately 2 ms.

Temperature measurement can only be done in host-controlled mode.

5.7.4 Auxiliary Voltage Measurements

The auxiliary voltage inputs (AUX1, AUX2, and VBAT) are measured using the single-ended

measurement method with SAR ADC.

For AUX1 and AUX2:

If the conversion results in an ADC output code of B, then the voltage at the input pins (AUX1 and AUX2)

can be calculated as:

(11)

where:

N is the programmed resolution of the SAR ADC.

VREF is the applied external reference voltage.

For VBAT:

The VBAT pin can be used for two different functions:

5.7.4.1 Auxiliary Battery-Voltage Measurement for VBAT

The TSC2117 can be used to measure battery voltage up to 6 V. This measurement can made using the

VBAT pin, which has a voltage divider (divide by 5), as seen in Figure 5-39. This analog prescaler is

available on the pin to allow higher voltages to be measured by the SAR ADC. This battery measurement

function is supported in 8-bit, 10-bit, and 12-bit modes.

To enable the battery-voltage measurement mode, write a 1 to page 3/register 6, bit D0.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

BAT N

V VREF

= ´

BAT N

V (5 VREF)

= ´ ´

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Because the ADC code is 1/5 of the actual voltage value applied at VBAT, the correct value can be found

by multiplying the ADC code by 5. For low voltages of VREF, this function can support voltages from 0 to

(5 × VREF), where the upper voltage limit for VBAT is 6 V, and is also limited by the value listed in

Section 3.1, the Absolute Maximum Ratings table.

In the battery-voltage measurement mode, the conversion results in an ADC output code of B, where the

voltage at the input pin (VBAT) can be calculated as:

(12)

where:

N is the programmed resolution of the SAR ADC.

VREF is the applied external reference voltage.

5.7.4.2 Auxiliary Input (Normal Mode) for VBAT

The default functionality for the VBAT input is similar to AUX1 and AUX2. The useful measurement range

is 0 V to VREF, and the maximum voltage input should be limited to 3.6 V. Because VBAT has an internal

resistor divider, the internal ADC code is scaled down; however, in the normal mode, it is internally scaled

back up in the digital domain, so that the normal transfer function can be realized using the SAR ADC.

Although this mode is supported in 8-bit, 10-bit, and 12-bit modes, the 8-bit mode does not show any

missing codes, whereas the 10-bit and 12-bit mode can have one missing code due to the analog input

scaling and digital output scaling. Therefore, it is recommended to always use 8-bit mode for VBAT.

(13)

where,

N is the programmed resolution of the SAR ADC.

VREF is the applied external reference voltage.

The auxiliary input can be monitored continuously in scan mode.

5.7.5 Port Scan

If making voltage measurements on the inputs AUX1, AUX2, and VBAT is desired on a periodic basis,

then the port-scan mode can be used. This mode causes the TSC2117 to sample and convert each of the

auxiliary inputs. At the end of this cycle, all of the auxiliary result registers contain the updated values.

Thus, with one write to the TSC2117, the host can cause three different measurements to be made. Port

scan can be set up by writing to page 3/register 3, bits D5–D2.

Port scan can only be used in host-controlled mode.

See Conversion Time Calculations for the TSC2117,Section 5.7.9, and Port-Scan Operation,

Section 5.7.9.4, for conversion-time calculations and timing diagrams.

5.7.6 Buffer Mode

The TSC2117 supports a programmable buffer mode, which is applicable for both touch-screen-related

conversion (X, Y, Z1, Z2) and nontouch-screen-related conversion (VBAT, AUX1, AUX2, TEMP1,

TEMP2). Buffer mode is implemented using a circular FIFO with a depth of 64. The number of interrupts

required to be serviced by a host processor can be reduced significantly buffer mode. Buffer mode can be

enabled using page 3/register 13, bit D7.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-46. Circular Buffer

Converted data is automatically written into the FIFO. To control the writing, reading and interrupt process,

a write pointer (WRPTR), a read pointer (RDPTR), and a trigger pointer (TGPTR) are used. The read

pointer always shows the location that is read next. The write pointer indicates the location in which the

next converted data is to be written. The trigger pointer indicates the location at which an interrupt is

generated if the write pointer reaches that location. Trigger level is the number of the data values needed

to be present in the FIFO before generating an interrupt. For example, in X−Y continuous-scan mode with

trigger level set to 8, the TSC2117 generates an interrupt after writing (X1, Y1), (X2, Y2), (X3, Y3), (X4,

Y4), i.e., four data-pairs or eight data values. Figure 5-46 shows the case when the trigger level is

programmed as 32. On resetting the buffer mode, RDPTR moves to location 1, WRPTR moves to location

1, and TGPTR moves to a location equal to the programmed trigger level.

The user can select the input or input sequence to be converted by writing to page 3/register 3,

bits D5–D2. The converted values are written in a predefined sequence to the circular buffer. The user has

flexibility to program a specific trigger level in order to choose the configuration which best fits the

application. When the number of converted data values written in FIFO becomes equal to the

programmed trigger level, then the device generates an interrupt signal on GPIO1 or GPIO2. In buffer

mode, the user should program this pin as Data Available. In buffer mode, touch-screen-related

conversions (X, Y, Z1, Z2) are allowed only in self-controlled mode and nontouch-screen-related

conversions (VBAT, AUX1, AUX2, TEMP1, TEMP2) are allowed only in host-controlled mode.

Buffer mode can be used in single-shot conversion or continuous-conversion mode.

In single-shot conversion mode, once the number of data values written reaches the programmed trigger

level, the TSC2117 generates an interrupt and waits for the user to start reading. As soon as the user

starts reading the first data value from the last converted set, the TSC2117 clears the interrupt and starts

a new set of conversions, and the trigger pointer is incremented by the programmed trigger level. An

interrupt is generated again when the trigger condition is satisfied.

In continuous-conversion mode, once the number of data values written reaches the programmed trigger

level, the TSC2117 generates an interrupt. It immediately starts a new set of conversions, and the trigger

pointer is incremented by the programmed trigger level. An interrupt is cleared either by writing the next

converted data value into the FIFO or by starting to read from the FIFO.

Depending on how the user is reading data, the FIFO can become empty or full. If the user is trying to

read data even if the FIFO is empty, then RDPTR keeps pointing to same location. If the FIFO becomes

full, then the next location is overwritten with newly converted data values, and the read pointer is

incremented by one.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

While reading the FIFO, the TSC2117 provides FIFO-empty and -full status flags along with the data. The

user can also read a status flag from page 3/register 13, bits D1–D0. See Table 5-39 for buffer-mode

control and Table 5-40 for buffer-mode 16-bit read-data format.

Table 5-39. Buffer Mode Control (Page 3/Register 18, Bits D7–D5)(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

0: SPI interface is used for buffer data reading.

D7 R/W 0 1: I2C interface is used for buffer data reading.

0: SAR/buffer data update is automatically halted (to avoid simultaneous buffer read and

D6 R/W 0 write operations) based on internal detection logic.

1: SAR/buffer data update is held using software control (page 3/register 18, bit D5).

0: SAR/buffer data update is enabled all the time (valid only if page 3/register 18,

bit D6 = 1).

D5 R/W 0 1: SAR/buffer data update is stopped so that user can read the last updated data without

any data corruption. (Valid only if page 3/register 18, bit D6 = 1).

(1) To enable buffer mode, write a 1 to page 3/register 13, bit D7.

Table 5-40. Buffer Mode 16-Bit Read Data Format (Page 252/Registers 1 and 2)

BUFFER RESET

READ DATA NAME DESCRIPTION COMMENT

VALUE

BIT

Buffer-full flag – This flag indicates that all the 64 locations of

D15 FUF 0 Page 252/register 1, bit D7

the buffer contain unread data.

Buffer Empty Flag - This flag indicates that there is no un-

D14 EMF 1 read data available in FIFO. This is generated while reading Page 252/register 1, bit D6

the last converted data.

D13 X Reserved Page 252/register 1, bit D5

Data identification:

0 = X or Z1 coordinate or BAT or AUX2 data in R11–R0

1 = Y or Z2 coordinate or AUX1 or TEMP data in R11–R0

Order for writing data in buffer when multiple inputs are

selected:

D12 ID X For XY conversion: Y, X Page 252/register 1, bit D4

For XYZ1Z2 conversion: Y, X, Z1, Z2

For Z1Z2 conversion: Z1, Z2

For autoscan conversion: AUX1 (if selected), AUX2 (if

selected), TEMP (if selected)

For port-scan conversion: BAT, AUX1, AUX2 Page 252/register 1, bits

D11–D8 R11–R8 X Converted data (MSB, 4 bits) D3–D0

Page 252/register 2, bits

D7–D0 R7–R0 X Converted data (LSB, 8 bits) D7–D0

5.7.7 Reading X-Y Data in Non-Buffer Mode From SPI

Reading from the TSC2117 is done by using the protocol called out in Figure 5-47. This protocol uses a

24-clock sequence to get a 16-bit data read. Set the GPIO1 or GPIO2 interrupt for monitoring the data-

available status by writing to page 3/register 3, bits D1 and D0. Reading is normally done when the

interrupt is low (data is available for reading). Status from the ADC conversion can be read from

page 3/register 9. If bit D6 is set, then the ADC is actively converting, so a BUSY status is read. If bit D5 is

set, then some data is now available for reading. If bit D3 is set, then the X-coordinate data can be read,

and if bit D2 is set, then the Y-coordinate data can be read.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

RA(6) RA(5) RA(0) Don’tCare

7-BitRegister Address Read 16-BitRegisterData

SCLK

MOSI

MISO

Hi-Z Hi-Z

D(15) D(14) D(0)

Hi-Z Hi-Z

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

The first 7 bits in the read sequence are for the first register address of the two sequential 8-bit registers.

The next bit is high, which specifies that a read operation follows, then the 16 remaining clocks are used

to get the 16-bit data that is read out in the order of D15–D0. The register address specified in the first

seven clocks of the 24-clock sequence is read out as bits D15–D8, where D15 is the MSB of the byte;

then the register number is incremented by 1 and the data is read from D7–D0, where D7 is the MSB of

that byte. (For reading an X-coordinate, use address 42, and for reading a Y-coordinate, use address 44.)

From this cycle, the first 16-bit data word has been read. This sequence can be repeated to read further

values of X-coordinates and Y-coordinates.

Figure 5-47. 16-Bit Data-Read Timing, 24 Clocks per 16-Bit Data Read, 8-Bit Bus Interface

5.7.8 Reading AUX Data in Non-Buffer Mode From SPI

Reading from the TSC2117 is done by using the protocol called out in Figure 5-47. This protocol uses a

24-clock sequence to get a 16-bit data read. Set the GPIO1 or GPIO2 interrupt for monitoring the data-

available status by writing to page 3/register 3, bits D1 and D0. Reading is normally done when the

interrupt is low (data is available for reading). Status from the ADC conversion can be read from

page 3/register 9. If bit D6 is set, then the ADC is actively converting, so a BUSY status is read. If bit D5 is

set, then some data is now available for reading. Next, reading from a status register on page 3/register

10 lets us know if data is available for AUX1, AUX2, or VBAT. If bit D7 is set, then AUX1 data can be

read. If bit D6 is set, then AUX2 data can be read. If bit D5 is set, then VBAT data can be read.

The first 7 bits in the read sequence are for the first register address of the two sequential 8-bit registers.

The next bit is high, which specifies that a read operation follows; then the 16 remaining clocks are used

to get the 16-bit data that is read out in the order of D15–D0. The register address specified in the first

seven clocks of the 24-clock sequence reads out as bits D15–D8, where D15 is the MSB of the byte, then

the register number is incremented by 1 and the data is read from D7–D0, where D7 is the MSB of that

byte. (For reading data for AUX1, use page 3/register 54; for reading data for AUX2, use

page 3/register 56; and for reading data for VBAT, use page 3/register 58.) From this cycle, the first 16-bit

data word has been read. This sequence can be repeated to read further values of AUX1, AUX2, and

VBAT data.

5.7.9 Conversion Time Calculations for the TSC2117

This section discusses three conversion time calculations for TSC2117:

1. Touch-screen conversion initiated at touch detect

2. Touch-screen conversion initiated by the host

3. Non-touch-screen measurement operation – temperature, auxiliary, or battery measurements

In all three cases, the timing signals can be programmed by page 3/register 3. GPIO1 or GPIO2 can be

programmed as PINTDAV (page 3/register 3, bits D1–D0) which is used to signal a pen touch detected

and/or data available.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

( ) ( ) ( )

coordinate PRE SNS PVS AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 CLK

CLK DEL

t 3 t t t 4 N N 1 t 4 N n 13 t

40 t t

= ´ + + + ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´ + ´

+ ´ +

Programmed

forSelf-

Controlled

X-Y Scan

Mode

Reading

Y-Data

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Y-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As andDATA_AVA

[Pg3/R3,D1–D0=10])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

Reading

X-Data

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

X-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Y-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

( ) ( ) ( )

coordinate PRE SNS PVS AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 CLK

CLK DEL

t 2 t t t 2 N N 1 t 2 N n 13 t

22 t t

= ´ + + + ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´ + ´

+ ´ +

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.7.9.1 Touch-Screen Conversion Initiated at Touch Detect

5.7.9.1.1 Self-Controlled X-Y Scan Mode

The time needed to get a converted X/Y coordinate for reading (not including the time needed to send the

command over the SPI bus) can be calculated by:

(1) This formula is valid only if page 2/register 18, bits D6–D5 = 00, which means SAR data update is not kept on hold for reading

converted data.

(2) After touch detect, the formula holds true from the second conversion onwards.

(3) All the programmable delay tDEL, tPVS, tSNS and tPRE scale accordingly based on the actual divider setting and time period of the

clock used to generate this. See the respective control register settings to understand the scale factors.

(4) If page 3/register 3, bits D1–D0 = 00, then in case of continuous touch, PINTDAV as shown in Figure 5-48 remains high for

approximately tPRE. If page 3/register 3, bits D1–D0 = 10, then in case of continuous touch, PINTDAV remains high for approximately

(tPRE + tDEL).

where:

tCLK = tOSC or tMCLK × DIV3 (based on page 3/register 17, bit D7 setting)

tCONV = tCLK × DIV1

DIV1 = Divider setting configured in page 3/register 2, bits D4–D3

DIV3 = Divider setting configured in page 3/register 17, bits D6–D0

NBITS = SAR ADC resolution set in page 3/register 2, bits D6–D5

NAVG = Number of averages selected using page 3/register 2, bits D1–D0. For no averaging, NAVG = 1.

tOSC = Clock period of on-chip oscillator, typical value is 122 ns (i.e., 8.2 MHz)

tMCLK = Extenal MCLK clock period

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

tDEL = Delay time setting as configured in page 3/register 15, bits D6–D4; it is 0 if page 3/register 15,

bit D7 = 0.

tPVS = Panel-voltage stabilization time as set in page 3/register 5, bits D2–D0

tSNS = Sense time as set in page 3/register 4, bits D2–D0

tPRE = Precharge time as set in page 3/register 4, bits D6–D4

Figure 5-48. TSC2117 Self-Controlled X-Y Scan Mode

5.7.9.1.2 Self-Controlled X-Y-Z1-Z2 Scan Mode

The time for a complete X/Y/Z1/Z2 coordinate conversion (not including the time needed to send the

command over the SPI bus) is given by:

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

( ) ( )

coordinate PRE SNS PVS AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 CLK

CLK DEL

t t t t 2 N N 1 t 2 N n 13 t

25 t t

= + + + ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´ + ´

+ ´ +

Programmed

forSelf-

Controlled

X-ScanMode

DetectingTouch Sample,Conversionand

AveragingforX-Coordinate

Reading

X-DataRegister

Detecting

Touch

TouchIsDetected

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(AsDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

PINTDAV

PENIRQ(As andDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=10])

TouchIsDetected

Sample,Conversionand

AveragingforX-Coordinate

( ) ( )

coordinate PRE SNS PVS AVG BITS CONV AVG CLK CLK DEL

t t t t N N 1 t N n1 13 t 18 t t= + + + ´ + ´ + ´ + ´ + ´ +

Programmed

forSelf-

Controlled

X-Y-Z1-Z2

ScanMode

Reading

Z2-Data

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Y-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

PINTDAV

(As andDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=10])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ TouchIsDetected TouchIsDetected TouchIsDetected

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

Reading

Z1-Data

Reading

Y-Data

Reading

X-Data

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Z1-CoordinateandZ2-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

X-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Y-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

where:

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

Figure 5-49. TSC2117 Self-Controlled X-Y-Z1-Z2 Scan Mode

5.7.9.1.3 Self-Controlled X-Scan or Y-Scan Mode

The time needed to convert any single coordinate, either X or Y, (not including the time needed to send

the command over the SPI bus) under self-controlled mode is given by:

where:

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

Figure 5-50. TSC2117 Self-Controlled X-Scan Mode

5.7.9.1.4 Self-Controlled Z-Scan Mode

The time needed to convert the Z coordinate under self-controlled mode (not including the time needed to

send the command over the SPI bus) is given by:

where:

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

( ) ( )

coordinate PVS AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 CLK CLK

t t 2 N N 1 t 2 N n 13 t 22 t= + ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´ + ´ + ´

Programmed

forHost-

Controlled

Mode

DetectingTouch Sample,Conversionand

AveragingforX-Coordinate

Reading

X-Data

TouchIsStillThere

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

PINTDAV

(As andDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=10])

PENIRQ

WaitingforHostto

Write IntoP3/R3

P3/R3

IsUpdated

for

X-ScanMode

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

Detecting

Touch

WaitingforHostto

Write IntoP3/R3

( ) ( )

coordinate PVS AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 CLK CLK

t t N N 1 t N n 13 t 15 t= + ´ + ´ + ´ + ´ + ´

Programmed

forSelf-

Controlled

Z-ScanMode

Detecting Touch Sample,Conversionand Averagingfor

Z1-CoordinateandZ2-Coordinate

Reading

Z1-Data

Detecting

Touch

TouchIsDetected

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(AsDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

PINTDAV

(As andDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=10])

PENIRQ

TouchIsDetected

Reading

Z2-Data

Sample,Conversionand Averagingfor

Z1-CoordinateandZ2-Coordinate

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-51. TSC2117 Self-Controlled Z-Scan Mode

5.7.9.2 Touch-Screen Conversion Initiated by the Host

5.7.9.2.1 Host-Controlled X-Scan Mode

The time needed to convert any single coordinate, either X or Y, under host-controlled mode (not including

the time needed to send the command over the SPI bus) is given by:

where:

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

Figure 5-52. Host-Controlled X-Scan Mode

5.7.9.2.2 Host-Controlled Z1-Z2 Scan Mode

where:

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

( ) ( )

AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 2 CLK CLK 3 CLK

t N N 1 t N n n t 17 t n t= ´ + ´ + ´ + ´ + ´ + ´

Programmed

forHost-

Controlled

Mode

Reading

Y-Data

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Y-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

TouchIsDetected

P3/R3

IsUpdated

for

X-Y Scan

Mode

WaitingforHostto

WriteIntoP3/R3

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

PINTDAV

(As andDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=10])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

Reading

X-Data

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

X-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

Y-Coordinate

Detecting

Touch

Programmed

forSelf-

Controlled

Z-ScanMode

Detecting Touch Sample,Conversionand Averagingfor

Z1-CoordinateandZ2-Coordinate

Reading

Z1-Data

Detecting

Touch

TouchIsDetected

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

TouchIsDetected

PINTDAV

(As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=00])

PENIRQ

PINTDAV

(AsDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

PINTDAV

(As andDATA_AVA

[P3/R3,D1–D0=10])

PENIRQ

TouchIsDetected

Reading

Z2-Data

Sample,Conversionand Averagingfor

Z1-CoordinateandZ2-Coordinate

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-53. Host-Controlled Z1-Z2 Scan Mode

5.7.9.2.3 Host-Controlled X-Y Scan Mode

Figure 5-54. Host-Controlled X-Y Scan Mode

5.7.9.3 Non-Touch-Screen Measurement Operation

5.7.9.3.1 Host-Controlled VBAT Scan Mode

The time needed to make temperature, auxiliary, or battery measurements is given by:

(1) This equation is valid if page 2/register 18, bits D6–D5 = 00, which means SAR data update is not kept on hold for reading converted

data.

(2) The programmable delay tREF scales accordingly based on the actual divider setting and time period of the clock used to generate

this. See the respective control register settings to understand the scale factors.

where:

DIV1 = Divider setting configured in page 3/register 2, bits D4–D3; or 4 if VBAT is used as the normal

AUX input by setting page 3/register 6, bit D0 = 0

NBITS = SAR ADC resolution configured in page 3/register 2, bits D6–D5; or 12 if VBAT is used as

normal aux input by setting page 3/register 6, bit D0 = 0

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

n2 = 24 if measurement is for TEMP1; or 13 if measurement is other than TEMP1; or 400 if

measurement is for the external/internal resistance using page 3/register 19, bits D2–D1 for

AUX1/AUX2

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Programmedfor

Host-Controlled

ModeWithInvalid

A/DFunction

Selected

DetectingTouch WaitingforHostto

WriteIntoP3/R3

P3/R3

IsUpdated

forContinous

AUXSCAN

Mode

Reading

AUX-Data

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

AUXinput

PINTDAV (As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED Reading

AUX-Data

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

AUXinput

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

AUXinput

WaitforReferencePower-UpDelayinCase

ofInternalReferenceModeif Applicable

( ) ( )

( )

INP AVG BITS CONV INP AVG 1 CLK AVG 2 CLK

INP CLK 3 CLK DEL

t N N N 1 t N N n 13 t N n t

N 9 t n n4 t t

= ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´

+ ´ ´ + + ´ +

Programmedfor

Host-Controlled

ModeWithInvalid

A/DFunction

Selected

DetectingTouch

Sample,Conversion

and Averagingfor

VBATinput

Reading

VBATData

WaitingforHostto

Write IntoP3/R3

WaitingforHostto

WriteIntoP3/R3

P3/R3

IsUpdated

for

VBATScan

Mode

WaitforReferencePower-UpDelayinCase

ofInternalReferenceModeif Applicable

PINTDAV (As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

n3 = 0 if external reference mode is selected; or 3 if tREF = 0 ms or internal reference is powered up all

the time; or 1 + tREF/tCLK if tREF is not equal to 0 ms and internal reference must power down between

conversions

tREF = Internal reference stablization time as configured in page 3/register 6, bits D3–D2.

Figure 5-55. Host-Controlled BAT1 Scan Mode

5.7.9.3.2 Host-Controlled Continuous Aux Scan Mode

The time needed for continuous autoscan mode is given by:

(1) This equation is valid if page 2/register 18, bits D6–D5 = 00, which means SAR data update is not kept on hold for reading converted

data.

(2) This equation is valid only from the second conversion onward.

(3) If one of the inputs enabled for autoscan is VBAT, then this equation is valid if page 3/register 6, bit D0 = 1.

(4) All the programmable delays, tDEL and tREF, scale accordingly based on the actual divider setting and time period of the clock used to

generate this. See the respective control register settings to understand the scale factors.

where:

DIV1 = Divider setting configured in page 3/register 2, bits D4–D3

NBITS = SAR ADC resolution configured in page 3/register 2, bits D6–D5

NINP = 1 to 4, based on the number of inputs enabled for autoscan by using page 3/register 19

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

n2 = 11 if one of the inputs selected is TEMP1; otherwise, n2 = 0

n3 = 0 if external reference mode is selected or

tDEL =0;or3iftREF = 0 ms or internal reference is powered up all the time; or 1 + tREF/tCLK if

tREF is not equal to 0 ms and internal reference must power down between conversions.

n4=0iftDEL = 0; otherwise, n4 = 7

tDEL = Delay-time setting as configured in page 3/register 15, bits D2–D0; or 0 if page 3/register 15,

bit D3 = 0

tREF = Internal reference stablization time as configured in page 3/register 6, bits D3–D2.

Figure 5-56. Host-Controlled Continuous Aux Scan Mode

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

DetectingTouch

Sample,Conversionand

AveragingforBAT1

andBAT2and AUXInput

Programmedfor

Host-Controlled

ModeWithInvalid

A/DFunction

Selected

P3/R3

IsUpdated

for

PORTSCAN

Mode

CONTROL INTERFACEDEACTIVATED Reading

AUX-Data

Reading

BAT2-

Data

Reading

BAT1-

Data

WaitingforHostto

WriteIntoP3/R3

WaitforReferencePower-UpDelayinCase

ofInternalReferenceModeif Applicable

WaitingforHostto

WriteIntoP3/R3

PINTDAV (As

[P3/R3,D1–D0=01])

DATA_AVA

( ) ( )

AVG BITS CONV AVG 1 CLK CLK 2 CLK

t 3 N N 1 t 3 N n 13 t 35 t n t= ´ ´ + ´ + ´ ´ + ´ + ´ + ´

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.7.9.4 Port-Scan Operation

The time needed to complete one set of port-scan conversions is given by:

(1) This equation is valid if page 2/register 18, bits D6–D5 = 00, which means SAR data update is not kept on hold for reading converted

data.

(2) This equation is valid if page 3/register 6, bit D0 = 1.

(3) The programmable delay tREF scales accordingly based on the actual divider setting and time period of theclock used to generate

this. See the respective control register settings to understand the scale factors.

where:

DIV1 = Divider setting as configured in page 3/register 2, bits D4–D3

NBITS = SAR ADC resolution as configured in page 3/register 2, bits D6–D5

n1 = 6 if DIV1 = 1; otherwise, n1 = 7

n2 = 0 if external reference mode is selected; or 3 if tREF = 0 ms or internal reference is powered up all th

e time; or 1 + tREF/tCLK if tREF is not equal to 0 ms and internal reference must power down between conv

ersions

tREF = Internal reference stablization time as configured in page 3/register 6, bits D3–D2.

Figure 5-57. Host-Controlled Port Scan Mode

5.8 CLOCK Generation and PLL

The TSC2117 supports a wide range of options for generating clocks for the ADC and DAC sections as

well as interface and other control blocks as shown in Figure 5-58. The clocks for ADC and DAC require a

source reference clock. This clock can be provided on variety of device pins such as MCLK, BCLK, or

GPIO1 pins. The source reference clock for the codec can be chosen by programming the

CODEC_CLKIN value on page 0/register 4, D(1:0). The CODEC_CLKIN can then be routed through

highly-flexible clock dividers shown in Figure 5-58 to generate the various clocks required for ADC, DAC

and the miniDSP sections. In the event that the desired audio or miniDSP clocks cannot be generated

from the reference clocks on MCLK, BCLK, or GPIO1, the TSC2117 also provides the option of using the

on-chip PLL which supports a wide range of fractional multiplication values to generate the required

clocks. Starting from CODEC_CLKIN the TSC2117 provides several programmable clock dividers to help

achieve a variety of sampling rates for ADC, DAC and clocks for the miniDSP.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

CODEC _ CLKIN

ADC _ f NADC MADC AOSR

´ ´

CODEC _ CLKIN

DAC _ f NDAC MDAC DOSR

´ ´

CODEC _ CLKIN

ADC _ MOD _ CLK NADC MADC

CODEC _ CLKIN

DAC _ MOD _ CLK NDAC MDAC

PLL

´ ´(R J.D)/P

PLL_CLKIN

CODEC_CLKIN

ADC_CLK

DAC_MOD_CLK

DAC_CLK

ADC_MOD_CLK

NDAC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

MDAC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

DOSR = 1, 2, ..., 1023, 1024 AOSR = 1, 2, ..., 255, 256

MADC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

NADC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128

MCLK

BCLK

GPIO1

SDIN

MCLK

BCLK

GPIO1 PLL_CLK

¸NADC

¸MADC¸MDAC

¸DOSR ¸AOSR

¸NDAC

To DAC_miniDSP

Clock Generation To ADC_miniDSP

Clock Generation

DAC_fSADC_fS

B0357-01

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-58. Clock Distribution Tree

(14)

Table 5-41. CODEC CLKIN Clock Dividers

Divider Bits

NDAC page 0/register 11, D(6:0)

MDAC page 0/register 12, D(6:0)

DOSR page 0/register 13, D(1:0) + page 0/register 14, D(7:0)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

÷N

BCLK

DAC_CLK

ADC_MOD_CLK

DAC_MOD_CLK

ADC_CLK

BDIV_CLKIN

N=1,2,...,127,128

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 5-41. CODEC CLKIN Clock Dividers (continued)

Divider Bits

NADC page 0/register 18, D(6:0)

MADC page 0/register 19, D(6:0)

AOSR page 0/register 20, D(7:0)

The DAC Modulator is clocked by DAC_MOD_CLK. For proper power-up operation of the DAC Channel,

these clocks must be enabled by configuring the NDAC and MDAC clock dividers ( page 0/register 11, bit

D7 =1 and page 0/register 12, bit D7=1). When the DAC channel is powered down, the device internally

initiates a power-down sequence for proper shut-down. During this shut-down sequence, the NDAC and

MDAC dividers must not be powered down, or else a proper low power shut-down may not take place.

The user can read back the power-status flag at page 0/register 37, bit D7 and page 0/register 37, bit D3.

When both the flags indicate power-down, the MDAC divider may be powered down, followed by the

NDAC divider. Note that when the ADC clock dividers are powered down, the ADC clock is derived from

the DAC clocks.

The ADC modulator is clocked by ADC_MOD_CLK. For proper power-up of the ADC Channel, these

clocks are enabled by the NADC and MADC clock dividers (page 0/register 18, bit D7=1 and page

0/register 19, bit D7=1). When the ADC channel is powered down, the device internally initiates a power-

down sequence for proper shut-down. During this shut-down sequence, the NADC and MADC dividers

must not be powered down, or else a proper low power shut-down may not take place. The user can read

back the power-status flag page 0/register 36, bit D6. When this flag indicates power-down, the MADC

divider may be powered down, followed by NADC divider.

When ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) is derived from the NDAC divider output, the NDAC must be kept

powered up till the power-down status flags for ADC do not indicate power-down. When the input to the

AOSR clock divider is derived from DAC_MOD_CLK, then MDAC must be powered up when ADC_fSis

needed ( i.e. when WCLK is generated by TSC2117 or AGC is enabled) and can be powered down only

after the ADC power-down flags indicate power-down status.

In general, all the root clock dividers should be powered down only after the child clock dividers have been

powered down for proper operation.

The TSC2117 also has options for routing some of the internal clocks to the output pins of the device to

be used as general purpose clocks in the system. The feature is shown in Figure 5-59.

Figure 5-59. BCLK Output Options

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

÷M

CLKOUT

CDIV_CLKIN

MCLK BCLK SDIN

PLL_CLK

DAC_CLK ADC_CLK

DAC_MOD_CLK ADC_MOD_CLK

M=1,2,...,127,128

GPIO2GPIO1

MISO SDOUT

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

In the mode when TSC2117 is configured to drive the BCLK pin (page 0/register 27, bit D3=1) it can be

driven as divided value of BDIV_CLKIN. The division value can be programmed in page 0/register 30,

D(6:0) from 1 to 128. The BDIV_CLKIN can itself be configured to be one of DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock),

DAC_MOD_CLK, ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) or ADC_MOD_CLK by configuring the BDIV_CLKIN mux in

page 0/register 29, bits D1-D0. Additionally, a general-purpose clock can be driven out on either GPIO1,

GPIO2, SDOUT, or MISO pin. This clock can be a divided down version of CDIV_CLKIN. The value of this

clock divider can be programmed from 1 to 128 by writing to page 0/register 26, bits D6-D0. The

CDIV_CLKIN can itself be programmed as one of the clocks among the list shown in Figure 5-60. This

can be controlled by programming the mux in page 0/register 25, D(2:0).

Figure 5-60. General-Purpose Clock Output Options

Table 5-42. Maximum TSC2117 Clock Frequencies

Clock DVDD ≥1.65 V

CODEC_CLKIN ≤110 MHz

ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) ≤49.152 MHz

ADC_miniDSP_CLK ≤24.576 MHz

ADC_MOD_CLK 6.758 MHz

ADC_fS0.192 MHz

DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock) ≤49.152 MHz

DAC_miniDSP_CLK ≤49.152MHz with DRC disabled

≤48 MHz with DRC enabled

DAC_MOD_CLK 6.758 MHz

DAC_fS0.192 MHz

BDIV_CLKIN 55 MHz

CDIV_CLKIN 100 MHz when M is odd

110 MHz when M is even

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

MHz20

CLKIN_PLL

MHz10 ££

MHz20

CLKIN_PLL

kHz512 ££

PLL _ CLKIN R J.D

PLL _ CLK P

´ ´

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.8.1 PLL

For lower power consumption it's best to derive the internal audio processing clocks using the simple

dividers. When the input MCLK or other source clock is not an integer multiple of the audio processing

clocks then it's necessary to use the on-board PLL. The TSC2117 fractional PLL can be used to generate

an internal "master clock" used to produce the processing clocks needed by the ADC, DAC, and miniDSP.

The programmability of this PLL allows operation from a wide variety of clocks that may be available in the

system.

The PLL input supports clocks varying from 512kHz to 20MHz and is register programmable to enable

generation of required sampling rates with fine resolution. The PLL can be turned on by writing to page

0/register 5, bit D7. When the PLL is enabled, the PLL output clock PLL_CLK is given by the following

equation:

(15)

where

R = 1, 2, 3, ..., 16 (page 0/register 5, default value = 1)

J = 1, 2,3, … , 63, (page 0/register 6, default value = 4)

D = 0, 1, 2, …, 9999 (page 0/register 7 and 8, default value = 0)

P = 1, 2, 3, …, 8 (page 0/register 5, default value = 1)

The PLL can be turned on via page 0/register 5, bit D7. The variable P can be programmed via page

0/register 5, bit D6-D4. The variable R can be programmed via page 0/register 5, bit D3-D0. The variable

J can be programmed via page 0/register 6, bit D5-D0. The variable D is 14-bits and is programmed into

two registers. The MSB portion can be programmed via page 0/register 7, bit D5-D0, and the LSB portion

is programmed via page 0/register 8, bit D7-D0. For proper update of the D-divider value, page 0/register

7 must be programmed first followed immediately by page 0/register 8. Unless the write to page 0/register

8 is completed, the new value of D will not take effect.

When the PLL is enabled the following conditions must be satisfied:

• When the PLL is enabled and D = 0, the following conditions must be satisfied for PLL_CLKIN:

(16)

80 MHz ≤(PLL_CLKIN × J.D × R/P) ≤110 MHz

4≤R × J ≤259

• When the PLL is enabled and D ≠0, the following conditions must be satisfied for PLL_CLKIN:

(17)

80 MHz ≤PLL_CLKIN × J.D × R/P ≤110 MHz

R=1

The PLL can be powered up independently from the ADC and DAC blocks, and can also be used as a

general purpose PLL by routing its output to the GPIO output. After powering up the PLL, PLL_CLK is

available typically after 10 ms.

The clocks for codec and various signal processing blocks, CODEC_CLKIN can be generated from MCLK

input, BCLK input, GPIO input or PLL_CLK (page 0/register 4, bit D1-D0).

If the CODEC_CLKIN is derived from the PLL, then the PLL must be powered up first and powered down

last.

Table 5-43 lists several example cases of typical PLL_CLKIN rates and how to program the PLL to

achieve a sample rate fSof either 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Internal

Oscillator ÷8 0

P3/R16, Bits D6-D0

MCLK

P3/R16, Bit D7

Interval timers

Programmable

Divider

Powered on if

internal oscillator is

selected

Used for de-bounce time for

headset detection logic,

various power up timers and

for generation of interrupts

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 5-43. PLL Example Configurations

fS= 44.1 kHz

PLL_CLKIN PLLP PLLR PLLJ PLLD MADC NADC AOSR MDAC NDAC DOSR

(MHz)

2.8224 1 3 10 0 3 5 128 3 5 128

5.6448 1 3 5 0 3 5 128 3 5 128

12 1 1 7 560 3 5 128 3 5 128

13 1 1 6 3504 2 9 104 6 3 104

16 1 1 5 2920 3 5 128 3 5 128

19.2 1 1 4 4100 3 5 128 3 5 128

48 4 1 7 560 3 5 128 3 5 128

fS= 48 kHz

2.048 1 3 14 0 2 7 128 7 2 128

3.072 1 4 7 0 2 7 128 7 2 128

4.096 1 3 7 0 2 7 128 7 2 128

6.144 1 2 7 0 2 7 128 7 2 128

8.192 1 4 3 0 2 8 128 4 4 128

12 1 1 7 1680 2 7 128 7 2 128

16 1 1 5 3760 2 7 128 7 2 128

19.2 1 1 4 4800 2 7 128 7 2 128

48 4 1 7 1680 2 7 128 7 2 128

5.8.2 Timer

The internal clock runs nominally at 8.2MHz. This is used for various internal timing intervals, de-bounce

logics and interrupts. The MCLK divider must be set such a way that the divider output is ~1MHz for the

timers to be closer to the programmed value.

Figure 5-61. Interval Timer Clock Selection

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.9 Digital Audio and Control Interface

5.9.1 Digital Audio Interface

Audio data is transferred between the host processor and the TSC2117 via the digital audio data serial

interface, or audio bus. The audio bus on this device is very flexible, including left or right-justified data

options, support for I2S or PCM protocols, programmable data length options, a TDM mode for

multichannel operation, very flexible master/slave configurability for each bus clock line, and the ability to

communicate with multiple devices within a system directly.

The audio bus of the TSC2117 can be configured for left or right-justified, I2S, DSP, or TDM modes of

operation, where communication with standard telephony PCM interfaces is supported within the TDM

mode. These modes are all MSB-first, with data width programmable as 16, 20, 24, or 32 bits by

configuring page 0/register 27, D(5:4). In addition, the word clock and bit clock can be independently

configured in either Master or Slave mode, for flexible connectivity to a wide variety of processors. The

word clock is used to define the beginning of a frame, and may be programmed as either a pulse or a

square-wave signal. The frequency of this clock corresponds to the maximum of the selected ADC and

DAC sampling frequencies.

The bit clock is used to clock in and clock out the digital audio data across the serial bus. When in Master

mode, this signal can be programmed to generate variable clock pulses by controlling the bit-clock divider

in page 0/register 30 (see Figure 5-58). The number of bit-clock pulses in a frame may need adjustment to

accommodate various word-lengths as well as to support the case when multiple TSC2117s may share

the same audio bus.

The TSC2117 also includes a feature to offset the position of start of data transfer with respect to the

word-clock. This offset can be controlled in terms of number of bit-clocks and can be programmed in page

0/register 28.

The TSC2117 also has the feature of inverting the polarity of the bit-clock used for transferring the audio

data as compared to the default clock polarity used. This feature can be used independently of the mode

of audio interface chosen. This can be configured via page 0/register 29, D(3).

The TSC2117 further includes programmability (page 0/register 27, D0) to 3-state the SDOUT line during

all bit clocks when valid data is not being sent. By combining this capability with the ability to program at

what bit clock in a frame the audio data begins, time-division multiplexing (TDM) can be accomplished,

enabling the use of multiple codecs on a single audio serial data bus. When the audio serial data bus is

powered down while configured in master mode, the pins associated with the interface are put into a 3-

state output condition.

By default when the word-clocks and bit-clocks are generated by the TSC2117, these clocks are active

only when the codec (ADC, DAC or both) are powered up within the device. This is done to save power.

However, it also supports a feature when both the word clocks and bit-clocks can be active even when the

codec in the device is powered down. This is useful when using the TDM mode with multiple codecs on

the same bus, or when word-clock or bit-clocks are used in the system as general-purpose clocks.

5.9.1.1 Right-Justified Mode

The audio interface of the TSC2117 can be put into right-justified mode by programming page 0/register

27, D(7:6) = 10. In right-justified mode, the LSB of the left channel is valid on the rising edge of the bit

clock preceding the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the LSB of the right channel is valid on the

rising edge of the bit clock preceding the rising edge of the word clock.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

LD(n) LD(n+1)

WORD

CLOCK

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

2 1 03 -

N N N N N N N N N

RD(n)

LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

LD(n) LD(n+1)

WORD

CLOCK

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

2 1 03 -

N N N N N N N N N

RD(n)

LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

BCLK

WCLK

SDIN/SDOUT n-1 n-2 1 00 n-1 n-2 1 0

LSBMSB

LeftChannel RightChannel

n-3 2 2n-3

LSBMSB

1/fs

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-62. Timing Diagram for Right-Justified Mode

For right-justified mode, the number of bit-clocks per frame should be greater than or equal to twice the

programmed word-length of the data.

5.9.1.2 Left-Justified Mode

The audio interface of the TSC2117 can be put into left-justified mode by programming page 0/register 27,

D(7:6) = 11. In left-justified mode, the MSB of the right channel is valid on the rising edge of the bit clock

following the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly the MSB of the left channel is valid on the rising edge

of the bit clock following the rising edge of the word clock.

Figure 5-63. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode

Figure 5-64. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode with Offset=1

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

LD(n) LD (n+1)

WORD

CLOCK

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

4 3 25 1 0 -

4 3 25 1 0

N N N

RD(n)

LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

LD(n) LD (n+1)

WORD

CLOCK

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

2 1 03 -

N N N N N N N N N

RD(n)

LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

LD(n) LD (n+1)

WORD

CLOCK

BIT

CLOCK

DATA 3

2 1 0

RD(n)

LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-65. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode with Offset=0 and inverted bit clock

For Left-Justified mode, the number of bit-clocks per frame should be greater than or equal to twice the

programmed word-length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number

of bit-clocks per frame by at least the programmed word-length of the data.

5.9.1.3 I2S Mode

The audio interface of the TSC2117 can be put into I2S mode by programming page 0/register 27, D(7:6)

= to 00. In I2S mode, the MSB of the left channel is valid on the second rising edge of the bit clock after

the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the MSB of the right channel is valid on the second rising

edge of the bit clock after the rising edge of the word clock.

Figure 5-66. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode

Figure 5-67. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode with offset=2

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

LD(n) LD (n+1)

WORD

CLOCK

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

2 1 03 -

N N N N N N N N N

RD(n)

LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-68. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode with offset=0 and bit clock invert

For I2S mode, the number of bit-clocks per channel should be greater than or equal to the programmed

word-length of the data. Also the programmed offset value should be less than the number of bit-clocks

per frame by at least the programmed word-length of the data.

Figure 5-69 shows the timing diagram for I2S mode for the monoaural audio ADC.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

BCLK

WCLK

T0202-02

SDOUT 11

1/fS

LSB LSB LSB

MSB MSB MSB

n–1 n–1

n–2 n–2

n–3 n–3

ADCMonoChannel(D0) ADCMonoChannel(D0)

1ClockBeforeMSB

1/fS

LSB

MSB

n–1 n–1 n–1

n–2 n–2

n–3 n–3

ADCMonoChannel(D1) ADCMonoChannel(D1)

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Figure 5-69. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode for Monaural Audio ADC

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

LD(n) LD(n+1)

BIT

CLOCK

DATA

2 1 0

03 2 1 N

RD(n)

WORD

CLOCK LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n) LD(n+1)

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

2 1 03 -

03 2 1 -

N N N N N N N N N

RD(n)

WORD

CLOCK LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

LD(n) LD (n+1)

BIT

CLOCK

DATA -

2 1 03 -

03 2 1 -

N N N N N N N N N

RD(n)

WORD

CLOCK LEFT CHANNEL RIGHT CHANNEL

LD(n)=n'thsampleofleftchanneldata RD(n)=n'thsampleofrightchanneldata

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

5.9.1.4 DSP Mode

The audio interface of the TSC2117 can be put into DSP mode by programming page 0/register 27, D(7:6)

= 01. In DSP mode, the falling edge of the word clock starts the data transfer with the left channel data

first and immediately followed by the right channel data. Each data bit is valid on the falling edge of the bit

clock.

Figure 5-70. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode

Figure 5-71. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode With Offset = 1

Figure 5-72. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode With Offset = 0 and Bit Clock Inverted

For DSP mode, the number of bit-clocks per frame should be greater than or equal to twice the

programmed word-length of the data. Also the programmed offset value should be less than the number of

bit-clocks per frame by at least the programmed word-length of the data.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.9.2 Primary and Secondary Digital Audio Interface Selection

The audio serial interface on the TSC2117 has extensive IO control to allow communication with two

independent processors for audio data. Each processor can communicate with the device one at a time.

This feature is enabled by register programming of the various pin selections. Table 5-44 shows the

Primary and Secondary Audio Interface Selection and Registers. Table 5-45 shows the selection criteria

for generating ADC_WCLK. Figure 5-73 is a high-level diagram showing the general signal flow and

multiplexing for Primary and Secondary Audio Interfaces. For detail information reference the tables and

Table 5-44. Primary and Secondary Audio Interface Selection

Desired Pin Possible Page 0 Registers Comment

Function Pins

R27/D2 = 1 Primary WCLK is output from codec

Primary WCLK WCLK

(OUT) R33/D5–D4 Select source of Primary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or Secondary WCLK)

Primary WCLK (IN) WCLK R27/D2 = 0 Primary WCLK is input to codec

R27/D3 = 1 Primary BCLK is output from codec

Primary BCLK BCLK

(OUT) R33/D7 Select source of Primary WCLK (internal BCLK or Secondary BCLK)

Primary BCLK (IN) BCLK R27/D3 = 0 Primary BCLK is input to codec

Primary SDIN (IN) SDIN R32/D0 Select SDIN to internal interface (0=Primary SDIN; 1=Secondary SDIN)

R53/D3–D1 = 001 SDOUT = primary SDOUT for codec interface

Primary SDOUT SDOUT Select source for SDOUT (0 = SDOUT from Interface Block; 1 = secondary

(OUT) R33/D1 SDIN)

R31/D4–D2 = 000 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 1001 GPIO1 = Secondary WCLK output

R33/D3–D2 Select source of Secondary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or Primary WCLK)

R31/D4–D2 = 010 Secondary WCLK obtained from MISO pin

MISO R55/D4–D1 = 1010 MISO = Secondary WCLK output

R33/D3–D2 Select source of Secondary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or Primary WCLK)

Secondary WCLK

(OUT) R31/D4–D2 = 011 Secondary WCLK obtained from SDOUT pin

SDOUT R53/D3–D1 = 111 SDOUT = Secondary WCLK output

R33/D3–D2 Select source of Secondary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or Primary WCLK)

R31/D4–D2 = 100 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 1001 GPIO2 = Secondary WCLK output

R33/D3–D2 Select source of Secondary WCLK (DAC_fs, ADC_fs, or Primary WCLK)

R31/D4–D2 = 000 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D4–D2 = 001 Secondary WCLK obtained from SCLK pin

SCLK R56/D2–D1 = 11 SCLK enabled as Secondary input

R31/D4–D2 = 100 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO2 enabled as Secondary input

Secondary WCLK

(IN) R31/D4–D2 = 101 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPI1 pin

GPI1 R57/D6–D5 = 01 GPI1 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D4–D2 = 110 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPI2 pin

GPI2 R57/D2–D1 = 01 GPI2 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D4–D2 = 111 Secondary WCLK obtained from GPI3 pin

GPI3 R58/D6–D5 = 01 GPI3 enabled as Secondary input

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 5-44. Primary and Secondary Audio Interface Selection (continued)

Desired Pin Possible Page 0 Registers Comment

Function Pins

R31/D7–D5 = 000 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 1000 GPIO1 = Secondary BCLK output

R33/D6 Select source of Secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)

R31/D7–D5 = 010 Secondary BCLK obtained from MISO pin

MISO R55/D4–D1 = 1001 MISO = Secondary BCLK output

R33/D6 Select source of Secondary BCLK (0=primary BCLK ; 1=internal BCLK)

Secondary BCLK

(OUT) R31/D7–D5 = 011 Secondary BCLK obtained from SDOUT pin

SDOUT R53/D3–D1 = 110 SDOUT = Secondary BCLK output

R33/D6 Select source of Secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)

R31/D7–D5 = 100 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 1000 GPIO2 = Secondary BCLK output

R33/D6 Select source of Secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)

R31/D7–D5 = 000 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D7–D5 = 001 Secondary BCLK obtained from SCLK pin

SCLK R56/D2–D1 = 11 SCLK enabled as Secondary input

R31/D7–D5 = 100 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO2 enabled as Secondary input

Secondary BCLK

(IN) R31/D7–D5 = 101 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPI1 pin

GPI1 R57/D6–D5 = 01 GPI1 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D7–D5 = 110 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPI2 pin

GPI2 R57/D2–D1 = 01 GPI2 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D7–D5 = 111 Secondary BCLK obtained from GPI3 pin

GPI3 R58/D6–D5 = 01 GPI3 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D1–D0 = 00 Secondary SDIN obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D1–D0 = 01 Secondary SDIN obtained from SCLK pin

SCLK R56/D2–D1 = 11 SCLK enabled as Secondary input

Secondary SDIN

(IN) R31/D1–D0 = 10 Secondary SDIN obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO2 enabled as Secondary input

R31/D1–D0 = 11 Secondary SDIN obtained from GPI1 pin

GPI1 R57/D6–D5 = 01 GPI1 enabled as Secondary input

R51/D5–D2 = 1011 GPIO1 = Secondary SDOUT

GPIO1 Select Source for Secondary SDOUT (0 = primary SDIN; 1 = SDOUT from

R33/D0 interface block)

R52/D5–D2 = 1011 GPIO2 = Secondary SDOUT

Secondary SDOUT GPIO2 Select Source for Secondary SDOUT (0 = primary SDIN; 1 = SDOUT from

(OUT) R33/D0 interface block)

R55/D4–D1 = 1000 MISO = Secondary SDOUT

MISO Select Source for Secondary SDOUT (0 = primary SDIN; 1 = SDOUT from

R33/D0 interface block)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 5-45. Generation of ADC_WCLK

ADC_WCLK Possible Page 0 Registers Comment

Direction Pins

R32/D7–D5 = 000 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 0111 GPIO1 = ADC_WCLK

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 010 ADC_WCLK obtained from MISO pin

OUTPUT MISO R55/D4–D1 = 0110 MISO = ADC_WCLK

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 100 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 0111 GPIO2 = ADC_WCLK

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 000 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin

GPIO1 R51/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO1 enabled as Secondary input

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 001 ADC_WCLK obtained from SCLK pin

SCLK R56/D2–D1 = 11 SCLK enabled as Secondary input

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 100 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO2 pin

GPIO2 R52/D5–D2 = 0001 GPIO2 enabled as Secondary input

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

INPUT R32/D7–D5 = 101 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPI1 pin

GPI1 R57/D6–D5 = 01 GPI1 enabled as Secondary Input

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 110 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPI2 pin

GPI2 R57/D2–D1 = 01 GPI2 enabled as Secondary Input

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

R32/D7–D5 = 111 ADC_WCLK obtained from GPI3 pin

GPI3 R58/D6–D5 = 01 GPI3 enabled as Secondary Input

R32/D1 Select source of Internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

BCLK

WCLK

SDOUT

SDOUT_int

S_SDIN

BCLK

SDIN

WCLK

DIN

DOUT

Primary

Audio

Processor

S_WCLK

DAC_FS

ADC_FS

S_BCLK

BCLK_OUT

BCLK

S_BCLK

WCLK

S_WCLK

SDIN

S_SDIN

WCLK

ADC_WCLK

Audio

Digital

Serial

Interface

BCLK_INT

DAC_WCLK_INT

ADC_WCLK_INT

SDIN_INT

SDOUT_INT

S_BCLK BCLK

BCLK_OUT

S_WCLK WCLK

DAC_FS

ADC_FS

S_SDIN

SDOUT_int

SDIN

(S_SDOUT)

Clock

Generation

BCLK_OUT

DAC_FS

ADC_FS

WCLK

DIN

DOUT

Secondary

Audio

Processor

BCLK

MISO

ADC_FS

ADC_WCLK

BCLK2

WCLK2

GPIO1

GPIO2

GPI1

GPI2

GPI3

SCLK

MISO

SDOUT

GPIO1

GPIO2

GPI1

GPI2

GPI3

SCLK

MISO

SDOUT

GPIO1

GPIO2

GPI1

GPI2

GPI3

SCLK

GPIO1

GPIO2

GPI1

SCLK

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Figure 5-73. Audio Serial Interface Multiplexing

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

5.9.3 Control Interface

The TSC2117 control interface supports SPI and I2C communication protocols, which are both available

simultaneously, but it is recommened to make only one of them active at any given time.

5.9.3.1 I2C Control Mode

The TSC2117 supports the I2C control protocol, and will respond to the I2C address of 0011000. I2C is a

two-wire, open-drain interface supporting multiple devices and masters on a single bus. Devices on the

I2C bus only drive the bus lines LOW by connecting them to ground; they never drive the bus lines HIGH.

Instead, the bus wires are pulled HIGH by pullup resistors, so the bus wires are HIGH when no device is

driving them LOW. This way, two devices cannot conflict; if two devices drive the bus simultaneously,

there is no driver contention.

Communication on the I2C bus always takes place between two devices, one acting as the master and the

other acting as the slave. Both masters and slaves can read and write, but slaves can only do so under

the direction of the master. Some I2C devices can act as masters or slaves, but the TSC2117 can only act

as a slave device.

An I2C bus consists of two lines, SDA and SCL. SDA carries data, and the SCL signal provides the clock.

All data is transmitted across the I2C bus in groups of eight bits. To send a bit on the I2C bus, the SDA line

is driven to the appropriate level while SCL is LOW (a LOW on SDA indicates the bit is zero, while a HIGH

indicates the bit is one).

Once the SDA line has settled, the SCL line is brought HIGH, then LOW. This pulse on the SCL line

clocks the SDA bit into the receiver’s shift register.

The I2C bus is bidirectional: the SDA line is used both for transmitting and receiving data. When a master

reads from a slave, the slave drives the data line; when a master sends to a slave, the master drives the

data line.

Most of the time the bus is idle, no communication is taking place, and both lines are HIGH. When

communication is taking place, the bus is active. Only master devices can start communication on the bus.

Normally, the data line is only allowed to change state while the clock line is LOW. If the data line changes

state while the clock line is HIGH, it is either a START condition or its counterpart, a STOP condition. A

START condition is when the clock line is HIGH and the data line goes from HIGH to LOW. A STOP

condition is when the clock line is HIGH and the data line goes from LOW to HIGH.

After the master issues a START condition, it sends a byte that selects the slave device for

communication. This byte is called the address byte. Each device on an I2C bus has a unique 7-bit

address to which it responds. (Slaves can also have 10-bit addresses; see the I2C specification for

details.) The master sends an address in the address byte, together with a bit that indicates whether it

wishes to read from or write to the slave device.

Every byte transmitted on the I2C bus, whether it is address or data, is acknowledged with an

acknowledge bit. When a master has finished sending a byte (eight data bits) to a slave, it stops driving

SDA and waits for the slave to acknowledge the byte. The slave acknowledges the byte by pulling SDA

LOW. The master then sends a clock pulse to clock the acknowledge bit. Similarly, when a master has

finished reading a byte, it pulls SDA LOW to acknowledge this to the slave. It then sends a clock pulse to

clock the bit. (Remember that the master always drives the clock line.)

A not-acknowledge is performed by simply leaving SDA HIGH during an acknowledge cycle. If a device is

not present on the bus, and the master attempts to address it, it will receive a not−acknowledge because

no device is present at that address to pull the line LOW.

When a master has finished communicating with a slave, it may issue a STOP condition. When a STOP

condition is issued, the bus becomes idle again. A master may also issue another START condition. When

a START condition is issued while the bus is active, it is called a repeated START condition.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

Start

(M)

7-bitDevice Address

(M)

Write

(M)

Slave

Ack

(S)

8-bitRegister Address

(M)

Slave

Ack

(S)

SDA

SCL

7-bitDevice Address

(M)

Read

(M)

Slave

Ack

(S)

DA(6) DA(0) RA(7) RA(0) DA(6) DA(0) D(7) D(0)

8-bitRegisterData

(S)

Stop

(M)

Master

No Ack

(M)

Repeat

Start

(M)

(M)=>SDA ControlledbyMaster

(S)=>SDA ControlledbySlave

DA(6) DA(0) RA(7) RA(0) D(7) D(0)

Start

(M)

7-bitDevice Address

(M)

Write

(M)

Slave

Ack

(S)

8-bitRegister Address

(M)

Slave

Ack

(S)

8-bitRegisterData

(M)

Stop

(M)

Slave

Ack

(S)

SDA

SCL

(M)=>SDA ControlledbyMaster

(S)=>SDA ControlledbySlave

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

The TSC2117 can also respond to and acknowledge a General Call, which consists of the master issuing

a command with a slave address byte of 00H. This feature is disabled by default, but can be enabled via

page 0/register 34, bit D5.

Figure 5-74. I2C Write

Figure 5-75. I2C Read

In the case of an I2C register write, if the master does not issue a STOP condition, then the device enters

auto-increment mode. So in the next eight clocks, the data on SDA is treated as data for the next

incremental register.

Similarly, in the case of an I2C register read, after the device has sent out the 8-bit data from the

addressed register, if the master issues a ACKNOWLEDGE, the slave takes over control of SDA bus and

transmit for the next 8 clocks the data of the next incremental register.

5.9.3.2 SPI Digital Interface

In the SPI control mode, the TSC2117 uses the pins SCLK, SS, MISO, and MOSI as a standard SPI port

with clock polarity setting of 0 (typical microprocessor SPI control bit CPOL = 0). The SPI port allows full-

duplex, synchronous, serial communication between a host processor (the master) and peripheral devices

(slaves). The SPI master (in this case, the host processor) generates the synchronizing clock (driven onto

SCLK) and initiates transmissions. The SPI slave devices (such as the TSC2117) depend on a master to

start and synchronize transmissions. A transmission begins when initiated by an SPI master. The byte

from the SPI master begins shifting in on the slave MOSI pin under the control of the master serial clock

(driven onto SCLK). As the byte shifts in on the MOSI pin, a byte shifts out on the MISO pin to the master

shift register.

The TSC2117 interface is designed so that with a clock-phase bit setting of 1 (typical microprocessor SPI

control bit CPHA = 1), the master begins driving its MOSI pin and the slave begins driving its MISO pin on

the first serial clock edge. The SS pin can remain low between transmissions; however, the TSC2117 only

interprets the first 8 bits transmitted after the falling edge of SS as a command byte, and the next 8 bits as

a data byte only if writing to a register. Reserved register bits should be written to their default values. The

TSC2117 is entirely controlled by registers. Reading and writing these registers is accomplished by an 8-

bit command sent to the MOSI pin of the part prior to the data for that register. The command is structured

as shown in Table 5-46. The first 7 bits specify the register address which is being written or read, from 0

to 127 (decimal). The command word ends with an R/W bit, which specifies the direction of data flow on

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

RA(6) RA(5) RA(0) Don’tCare

7-BitRegister Address Read 8-BitRegisterData

SCLK

MOSI

MISO

Hi-Z Hi-Z

D(7) D(6) D(0)

Hi-Z Hi-Z

RA(6) RA(5) RA(0) D(7) D(6) D(0)

7-BitRegister Address Write 8-BitRegisterData

SCLK

MOSI

MISO

Hi-Z Hi-Z

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

the serial bus. In the case of a register write, the R/W bit should be set to 0. A second byte of data is sent

to the MOSI pin and contains the data to be written to the register. Reading of registers is accomplished in

similar fashion. The 8-bit command word sends the 7-bit register address, followed by R/W bit = 1 to

signify a register read is occurring. The 8-bit register data is then clocked out of the part on the MISO pin

during the second 8 SCLK clocks in the frame.

Table 5-46.

COMMAND WORD

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0

ADDR(6) ADDR(5) ADDR(4) ADDR(3) ADDR(2) ADDR(1) ADDR(0) R/W

Figure 5-76. SPI Timing Diagram for Register Write

Figure 5-77. SPI Timing Diagram for Register Read

Auto-increment of the register read/write is supported for all the registers within a single page. At the end

of a page boundary (register 127), auto-incrementing stops. Therefore, further writes overwrite register

127, and further reads read back register 127 again and again.

The buffer registers are a special case, so that the auto-increment function allows all of the buffer data to

be read on page 252, using registers 1 and 2. Therefore it reads register 1, register 2, register 1, register

2, register 1, register 2, register 1, register 2, … until the buffer has been read.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

6 REGISTER MAP

6.1 TSC2117 Register Map

All features on this device can be addressed using the I2C bus or the SPI bus. However, it is not

recommended to use the I2C bus and the SPI bus simultaneously for updating register values. All

of the writable registers can be read back. However, some registers contain status information or data,

and are available for reading only.

The TSC2117 contains several pages of 8-bit registers, and each page can contain up to 128 registers.

The register pages are divided up based on functional blocks for this device. The pages defined for the

TSC2117 are 0, 1, 3, 4–5 (ADC coefficient pages), and 8–15 (DAC coefficient pages), 32–43 (ADC IRAM

pages), 64–95 (DAC IRAM pages), and 252 (SAR buffer data page). Page 0 is the default home page

after RESET. Page control is done by writing a new page value into register 0 of the current page.

The control registers for the TSC2117 are described in detail as follows. All registers are 8 bits in width,

with D7 referring to the most-significant bit of each register, and D0 referring to the least-significant bit.

Pages 0, 1, 3, 4–5, 8–15, 32–43, 64–95, and 252 are available. All other pages are reserved. Do not read

from or write to reserved pages and registers. Also, do not write other than the reset values for the

reserved bits and read-only bits of non-reserved registers; otherwise, device functionality failure can occur.

Table 6-1. Summary of Register Map

Page Number Description

Page 0 is the default page on power up. Configuration for serial interface, digital I/O, clocking, ADC, DAC miniDSP

0settings, etc.

1 Configuration for analog PGAs, ADC, DAC, output drivers, volume controls, etc.

3 Configuration for 12-bit SAR converter settings and touch-screen settings

4–5 ADC AGC and filter coefficients

8–15 DAC filter and DRC coefficients

32–43 ADC instruction RAM locations

64–95 DAC instruction RAM locations

252 SAR ADC buffer mode read data

6.2 Control Registers, Page 0 (Default Page): Clock Multipliers, Dividers, Serial

Interfaces, Flags, Interrupts, and GPIOs

Page 0/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Page 0/Register 1: Software Reset

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D1 R/W 0000 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D0 R/W 0 0: Don't care

1: Self-clearing software reset for control register

Page 0/Register 2: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R XXXXXXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 3: OT FLAG

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7-D2 R XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these bits.

D1 R 1 0: Overtemperature protection flag (active-low). Valid only if speaker amplifier is powered up

1: Normal operation

D0 R/W XX Reserved. Do not write to these bits.

Page 0/Register 4: Clock-Gen Muxing(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D3–D2 R/W 00 00: PLL_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)

01: PLL_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)

10: PLL_CLKIN = GPIO1 (device pin)

11: PLL_CLKIN = SDIN (can be used for the system where DAC is not used)

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: CODEC_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)

01: CODEC_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)

10: CODEC_CLKIN = GPIO1 (device pin)

11: CODEC_CLKIN = PLL_CLK (generated on-chip)

(1) See Section 5.8 for more details on clock generation mutiplexing and dividers.

Page 0/Register 5: PLL P and R-VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: PLL is powered down.

1: PLL is powered up.

D6–D4 R/W 001 000: PLL divider P = 8

001: PLL divider P = 1

010: PLL divider P = 2

...

110: PLL divider P = 6

111: PLL divider P = 7

D3–D0 R/W 0001 0000: PLL multiplier R = 16

0001: PLL multiplier R = 1

0010: PLL multiplier R = 2

...

1110: PLL multiplier R = 14

1111: PLL multiplier R = 15

Page 0/Register 6: PLL J-VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D5–D0 R/W 00 0100 00 0000: Do not use (reserved)

00 0001: PLL multiplier J = 1

00 0010: PLL multiplier J = 2

...

11 1110: PLL multiplier J = 62

11 1111: PLL multiplier J = 63

Table 6-2. Page 0/Register 7: PLL D-VAL MSB(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D5–D0 R/W 00 0000 PLL fractional multiplier D-Val MSB bits D[13:8]

(1) Note that this register will be updated only when page 0/register 8 is written immediately after page 0/register 7.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 8: PLL D-VAL LSB(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 PLL fractional multiplier D-Val LSB bits D[7:0]

(1) Note that page 0/register 8 must be written immediately after page 0/register 7.

Page 0/Registers 9–10: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Page 0/Register 11: DAC NDAC_VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: DAC NDAC divider is powered down.

1: DAC NDAC divider is powered up.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: DAC NDAC divider = 128

000 0001: DAC NDAC divider = 1

000 0010: DAC NDAC divider = 2

...

111 1110: DAC NDAC divider = 126

111 1111: DAC NDAC divider = 127

Page 0/Register 12: DAC MDAC_VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: DAC MDAC divider is powered down.

1: DAC MDAC divider is powered up.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: DAC MDAC divider = 128

000 0001: DAC MDAC divider = 1

000 0010: DAC MDAC divider = 2

...

111 1110: DAC MDAC divider = 126

111 1111: DAC MDAC divider = 127

Page 0/Register 13: DAC DOSR_VAL MSB

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D2 R/W 0000 00 Reserved

D1–D0 R/W 00 DAC OSR value DOSR(9:8)

Page 0/Register 14: DAC DOSR_VAL LSB(1) (2)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 DAC OSR Value DOSR(7:0)

0000 0000: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1024 (MSB page 0/register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)

0000 0001: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1(MSB page 0/register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)

0000 0010: DAC OSR(7:0) = 2 (MSB page 0/register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)

...

1111 1110: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1022 (MSB page 0/register 13, bits D1–D0 = 11)

1111 1111: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1023 (MSB page 0/register 13, bits D1–D0 = 11)

(1) DAC OSR should be an integral multiple of the interpolation in the DAC miniDSP engine (specified in register 16).

(2) Note that page 0/register 14 must be written to immediately after writing to page 0/register 13.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 15: DAC IDAC_VAL(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 0000 0000: Number of instruction for DAC miniDSP engine, IDAC = 1024

0000 0001: Number of instruction for DAC miniDSP engine, IDAC = 4

0000 0010: Number of instruction for DAC miniDSP engine, IDAC = 8

...

1111 1101: Number of instruction for DAC miniDSP engine, IDAC = 1012

1111 1110: Number of instruction for DAC miniDSP engine, IDAC = 1016

1111 1111: Number of instruction for DAC miniDSP engine, IDAC = 1020

(1) IDAC should be an integral multiple of the interpolation in the DAC miniDSP engine (specified in register 16).

Page 0/Register 16: DAC miniDSP Engine Interpolation

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

D3–D0 R/W 1000 0000: Interpolation ratio in DAC miniDSP engine = 16

0001: Interpolation ratio in DAC miniDSP engine = 1

0010: Interpolation ratio in DAC miniDSP engine = 2

...

1101: Interpolation ratio in DAC miniDSP engine = 13

1110: Interpolation ratio in DAC miniDSP engine = 14

1111: Interpolation ratio in DAC miniDSP engine = 15

Page 0/Register 17: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

Page 0/Register 18: ADC NADC_VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: ADC NADC divider is powered down and ADC_DSP_CLK = DAC_DSP_CLK.

1: ADC NADC divider is powered up.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: ADC NADC divider = 128

000 0001: ADC NADC divider = 1

000 0010: ADC NADC divider = 2

...

111 1110: ADC NADC divider = 126

111 1111: ADC NADC divider = 127

Page 0/Register 19: ADC MADC_VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: ADC MADC divider is powered down and ADC_MOD_CLK = DAC_MOD_CLK.

1: ADC MADC divider is powered up.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: ADC MADC divider = 128

000 0001: ADC MADC divider = 1

000 0010: ADC MADC divider = 2

...

111 1110: ADC MADC divider = 126

111 1111: ADC MADC divider = 127

Page 0/Register 20: ADC AOSR_VAL(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 0000 0000: ADC OSR AOSR divider = 256

0000 0001: ADC OSR AOSR divider = 1

0000 0010: ADC OSR AOSR divider = 2

...

1111 1110: ADC OSR AOSR divider = 254

1111 1111: ADC OSR AOSR divider = 255

(1) ADC OSR should be an integral multiple of the decimation in the ADC miniDSP engine (specified in register 22).

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Registers 21: ADC IADC_VAL(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1000 0000 0000 0000: Reserved

0000 0001: Number of instruction for ADC miniDSP engine, IADC = 2

0000 0010: Number of instruction for ADC miniDSP engine, IADC = 4

...

1011 1111: Number of instruction for ADC miniDSP engine, IADC = 382

1100 0000: Number of instruction for ADC miniDSP engine, IADC = 384

1100 0001–1111 1111: Reserved

(1) IADC should be an integral multiple of the decimation in the ADC miniDSP engine (specified in Register 22).

Page 0/Registers 22: ADC miniDSP Engine Decimation

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved

D3–D0 R/W 0100 0000: Decimation ratio in ADC miniDSP engine = 16

0001: Decimation ratio in ADC miniDSP engine = 1

0010: Decimation ratio in ADC miniDSP engine = 2

...

1101: Decimation ratio in ADC miniDSP engine = 13

1110: Decimation ratio in ADC miniDSP engine = 14

1111: Decimation ratio in ADC miniDSP engine = 15

Page 0/Registers 23–24: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Page 0/Registers 25: CLKOUT MUX

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 Reserved

D2–D0 R/W 000 000: CDIV_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)

001: CDIV_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)

010: CDIV_CLKIN = SDIN (can be used for the systems where DAC is not required)

011: CDIV_CLKIN = PLL_CLK (generated on-chip)

100: CDIV_CLKIN = DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock - generated on-chip)

101: CDIV_CLKIN = DAC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)

110: CDIV_CLKIN = ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock - generated on-chip)

111: CDIV_CLKIN = ADC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)

Page 0/Registers 26: CLKOUT M_VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: CLKOUT M divider is powered down.

1: CLKOUT M divider is powered up.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: CLKOUT divider M = 128

000 0001: CLKOUT divider M = 1

000 0010: CLKOUT divider M = 2

...

111 1110: CLKOUT divider M = 126

111 1111: CLKOUT divider M = 127

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 27: Codec Interface Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 00: Codec interface = I2S

01: Codec Interface = DSP

10: Codec interface = RJF

11: Codec interface = LJF

D5–D4 R/W 00 00: Codec interface word length = 16 bits

01: Codec interface word length = 20 bits

10: Codec interface word length = 24 bits

11: Codec interface word length = 32 bits

D3 R/W 0 0: BCLK is input.

1: BCLK is output.

D2 R/W 0 0: WCLK is input.

1: WCLK is output.

D1 R/W 0 Reserved

D0 R/W 0 Driving SDOUT to High-Impedance for the Extra BCLK Cycle When Data Is Not Being Transferred

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Page 0/Register 28: Data-Slot Offset Programmability

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 Offset (Measured With Respect to WCLK Rising Edge in DSP Mode)

0000 0000: Offset = 0 BCLKs

0000 0001: Offset = 1 BCLK

0000 0010: Offset = 2 BCLKs

...

1111 1110: Offset = 254 BCLKs

1111 1111: Offset = 255 BCLKs

Page 0/Register 29: Codec Interface Control 2

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved

D5 R/W 0 0: SDIN-to-SDOUT loopback is disabled.

1: SDIN-to-SDOUT loopback is enabled.

D4 R/W 0 0: ADC-to-DAC loopback is disabled.

1: ADC-to-DAC loopback is enabled.

D3 R/W 0 0: BCLK is not inverted (valid for both primary and secondary BCLK).

1: BCLK is inverted (valid for both primary and secondary BCLK).

D2 R/W 0 BCLK and WCLK Active Even With Codec Powered Down (Valid for Both Primary and Secondary

BCLK)

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: BDIV_CLKIN = DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock - generated on-chip)

01: BDIV_CLKIN = DAC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)

10: BDIV_CLKIN = ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock - generated on-chip)

11: BDIV_CLKIN = ADC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)

Page 0/Register 30: BCLK N_VAL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: BCLK N-divider is powered down.

1: BCLK N-divider is powered up.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 000 0000: BCLK divider N = 128

000 0001: BCLK divider N = 1

000 0010: BCLK divider N = 2

...

111 1110: BCLK divider N = 126

111 1111: BCLK divider N = 127

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 31: Codec Secondary Interface Control 1

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 000: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.

001: Secondary BCLK is obtained from SCLK pin.

010: Secondary BCLK is obtained from MISO pin.

011: Secondary BCLK is obtained from SDOUT pin.

100: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPIO2 pin.

101: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPI1 pin.

110: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPI2 pin.

111: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPI3 pin.

D4–D2 R/W 000 000: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.

001: Secondary WCLK is obtained from SCLK pin.

010: Secondary WCLK is obtained from MISO pin.

011: Secondary WCLK is obtained from SDOUT pin.

100: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPIO2 pin.

101: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPI1 pin.

110: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPI2 pin.

111: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPI3 pin.

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: Secondary SDIN is obtained from the GPIO1 pin.

01: Secondary SDIN is obtained from the SCLK pin.

10: Secondary SDIN is obtained from the GPIO2 pin.

11: Secondary SDIN is obtained from the GPI1 pin.

Page 0/Register 32: Codec Secondary Interface Control 2

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 000: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.

001: ADC_WCLK is obtained from SCLK pin.

010: ADC_WCLK is obtained from MISO pin.

011: Reserved

100: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPIO2 pin.

101: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPI1 pin.

110: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPI2 pin.

111: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPI3 pin.

D4 R/W 0 Reserved

D3 R/W 0 0: Primary BCLK is fed to codec serial-interface and ClockGen blocks.

1: Secondary BCLK is fed to codec serial-interface and ClockGen blocks.

D2 R/W 0 0: Primary WCLK is fed to codec serial-interface block.

1: Secondary WCLK is fed to codec serial-interface block.

D1 R/W 0 0: ADC_WCLK used in the codec serial-interface block is the same as DAC_WCLK.

1: ADC_WCLK used in the codec serial-interface block = ADC_WCLK.

D0 R/W 0 0: Primary SDIN is fed to codec serial-interface block.

1: Secondary SDIN is fed to codec serial-interface block.

Page 0/Register 33: Codec Secondary Interface Control 3

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Primary BCLK output = internally generated BCLK clock

1: Primary BCLK output = secondary BCLK

D6 R/W 0 0: Secondary BCLK output = primary BCLK

1: Secondary BCLK output = internally generated BCLK clock

D5–D4 R/W 00 00: Primary WCLK output = internally generated DAC_fS

01: Primary WCLK output = internally generated ADC_fSclock

10: Primary WCLK output = secondary WCLK

11: Reserved

D3–D2 R/W 00 00: Secondary WCLK output = primary WCLK

01: Secondary WCLK output = internally generated DAC_fSclock

10: Secondary WCLK output = internally generated ADC_fSclock

11: Reserved

D1 R/W 0 0: Primary SDOUT = SDOUT from codec serial-interface block

1: Primary SDOUT = secondary SDIN

D0 R/W 0 0: Secondary SDOUT = primary SDIN

1: Secondary SDOUT = SDOUT from codec serial interface block

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 34: I2C Bus Condition

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

D5 R/W 0 0: I2C general-call address is ignored.

1: Device accepts I2C general-call address.

D4–D0 R/W 00000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Page 0/Register 35: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Page 0/Register 36: ADC Flag Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R 0 0: ADC PGA applied gain ≠programmed gain

1: ADC PGA applied gain = programmed gain

D6 R 0 0: ADC powered down

1: ADC powered up

D5(1) R 0 0: AGC not saturated

1: AGC applied gain = maximum applicable gain by AGC

D4–D0 R/W X XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

(1) Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs

again.

Page 0/Register 37: DAC Flag Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R 0 0: Left-channel DAC powered down

1: Left-channel DAC powered up

D6 R/W X Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D5 R 0 0: HPl driver powered down

1: HPL driver powered up

D4 R 0 0: Left-channel class-D driver powered down

1: Left-channel class-D driver powered up

D3 R 0 0: Right-channel DAC powered down

1: Right-channel DAC powered up

D2 R/W X Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D1 R 0 0: HPR driver powered down

1: HPR driver powered up

D0 R 0 0: Right-channel class-D driver powered down

1: Right-channel class-D driver powered up

Page 0/Register 38: DAC Flag Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W XXX Reserved. Do not write to these bits.

D4 R 0 0: Left-channel DAC PGA applied gain ≠programmed gain

1: Left-channel DAC PGA applied gain = programmed gain

D3–D1 R/W XXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D0 R0 0: Right-channel DAC PGA applied gain ≠programmed gain

1: Right-channel DAC PGA applied gain = programmed gain

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 39: Overflow Flags

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7(1) R 0 Left-Channel DAC Overflow Flag

0: Overflow has not occurred.

1: Overflow has occurred.

D6(1) R 0 Right-Channel DAC Overflow Flag

0: Overflow has not occurred.

1: Overflow has occurred.

D5(1) R 0 DAC Barrel Shifter Output Overflow Flag

0: Overflow has not occurred.

1: Overflow has occurred.

D4 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D3(1) R 0 Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Overflow Flag

0: Overflow has not occurred.

1: Overflow has occurred.

D2 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D1(1) R 0 ADC Barrel Shifter Output Overflow Flag

0: Overflow has not occurred.

1: Overflow has occurred.

D0 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

(1) Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs

again.

Page 0/Registers 40–43: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 0/Register 44: Interrupt Flags—DAC

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7(1) R 0 0: No short circuit is detected at HPL/left class-D driver.

1: Short circuit is detected at HPL/left class-D driver.

D6(1) R 0 0: No short circuit is detected at HPR/right class-D driver.

1: Short circuit is detected at HPR/right class-D driver.

D5(1) RX 0: No headset button pressed

1: Headset button pressed

D4(1) RX 0: No headset insertion/removal is detected.

1: Headset insertion/removal is detected.

D3(1) R0 0: Left DAC signal power is les than or equal to the signal threshold of DRC.

1: Left DAC signal power is above the signal threshold of DRC.

D2(1) R0 0: Right DAC signal power is less than or equal to the signal threshold of DRC.

1: Right DAC signal power is above the signal threshold of DRC.

D1(1) R0 DAC miniDSP Engine Standard Interrupt-Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Standard Interrupt-Port

1: Raed a 1 from Standard Interrupt-Port

D0(1) R0 DAC miniDSP Engine Auxilliary Interrupt-Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

1: Read a 1 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

(1) Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs

again.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 45: Interrupt Flags—ADC

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6(1) R 0 0: ADC signal power greater than noise threshold for AGC.

1: ADC signal power less than noise threshold for AGC.

D5 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D4(1) R X ADC miniDSP Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Standard Interrupt-Port

1: Raed a 1 from Standard Interrupt-Port

D3(1) R X ADC miniDSP Engine Auxiliary Interrupt Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

1: Read a 1 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

D2 R 0 0: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC is not available

1: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC is not available

D1–D0 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

(1) Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs

again.

Page 0/Register 46: Interrupt Flags – DAC

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R 0 0: No short circuit detected at HPL/left class-D driver

1: Short circuit detected at HPL/left class-D driver

D6 R 0 0: No short circuit detected at HPR/right class-D driver

1: Short circuit detected at HPR/right class-D driver

D5 R X 0: No headset button pressed

1: Headset button pressed

D4 R X 0: Headset removal detected

1: Headset insertion detected

D3 R 0 0: Left DAC signal power is below signal threshold of DRC.

1: Left DAC signal power is above signal threshold of DRC.

D2 R 0 0: Right DAC signal power is below signal threshold of DRC.

1: Right DAC signal power is above signal threshold of DRC.

D1 R 0 DAC miniDSP Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Standard Interrupt-Port

1: Raed a 1 from Standard Interrupt-Port

D0 R 0 DAC miniDSP Engine Auxiliary Interrupt Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

1: Read a 1 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

Page 0/Register 47: Interrupt Flags – ADC

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved

D6 R 0 0: Delta-sigma mono ADC signal power greater than noise threshold for left AGC

1: Delta-sigma mono ADC signal power less than noise threshold for left AGC

D5 R/W 0 Reserved

D4 R X ADC miniDSP Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Standard Interrupt-Port

1: Raed a 1 from Standard Interrupt-Port

D3 R X ADC miniDSP Engine Auxiliary Interrupt Port Output

0: Read a 0 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

1: Read a 1 from Auxilliary Interrupt-Port

D2 R 0 0: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC is not available

1: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC is not available

D1–D0 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 48: INT1 Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

1: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

D6 R/W 0 0: Button-press detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

1: Button-press detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

D5 R/W 0 0: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

1: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

D4 R/W 0 0: ADC AGC noise interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

1: ADC AGC noise interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

D3 R/W 0 0: Short-circuit interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

1: Short-circuit interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

D2 R/W 0 0: Engine-generated interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

1: Engine-generated interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.

D1 R/W 0 0: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC data-available interrupt is not used in the generation

of INT1 interrupt

1: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC data-available interrupt is used in the generation of

INT1 interrupt

D0 R/W 0 0: INT1 is only one pulse (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration.

1: INT1 is multiple pulses (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration and 4-ms period, until flag registers 44,

45, and 50 are read by the user.

Page 0/Register 49: INT2 Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

1: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

D6 R/W 0 0: Button-press detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

1: Button-press detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

D5 R/W 0 0: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

1: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

D4 R/W 0 0: ADC AGC noise interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

1: ADC AGC noise interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

D3 R/W 0 0: Short-circuit interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

1: Short-circuit interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

D2 R/W 0 0: Engine-generated interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

1: Engine-generated interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.

D1 R/W 0 0: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC data-available interrupt is not used in the generation

of INT2 interrupt

1: DC measurement using Delta Sigma Audio ADC data-available interrupt is used in the generation of

INT2 interrupt

D0 R/W 0 0: INT2 is only one pulse (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration.

1: INT2 is multiple pulses (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration and 4-ms period, until flag registers 44,

45, and 50 are read by the user.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 50: INT1 and INT2 Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: SAR measurement data-out-of-threshold range interrupt is not used in the generation of the INT1

interrupt.

1: SAR measurement data-out-of-threshold range interrupt is not used in the generation of the INT1

interrupt.

D6 R/W 0 0: Pen touch/SAR data-available interrupt is not used in the generation of the INT1 interrupt.

1: Pen touch/SAR data-available interrupt is used in the generation of the INT1 interrupt.

D5 R/W 0 0: SAR measurement data-out-of-threshold range interrupt is not used in the generation of the INT2

interrupt.

1: SAR measurement data-out-of-threshold range interrupt is not used in the generation of the INT2

interrupt.

D4 R/W 0 Reserved

D3 R0 0: No pen touch detected

1: Pen touch detected

D2 R0 0: No data available for read

1: Data available for read

D1 R0 0: SAR data is within threshold program.

1: SAR data is out of programmed threshold range.

D0 R0Reserved. Write only the default value to this bit.

Page 0/Register 51: GPIO1 In/Out Pin Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W XX Reserved. Do not write any value other than reset value.

D5–D2 R/W 0000 0000: GPIO1 disabled (input and output buffers powered down)

0001: GPIO1 is in input mode (can be used as secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK input,

secondary SDIN input, ADC_WCLK input, Dig_Mic_In or in ClockGen block).

0010: GPIO1 is used as general-purpose input (GPI).

0011: GPIO1 output = general-purpose output

0100: GPIO1 output = CLKOUT output

0101: GPIO1 output = INT1 output

0110: GPIO1 output = INT2 output

0111: GPIO1 output = ADC_WCLK output for codec interface

1000: GPIO1 output = secondary BCLK output for codec interface

1001: GPIO1 output = secondary WCLK output for codec interface

1010: GPIO1 output = ADC_MOD_CLK output for the digital microphone

1011: GPIO1 output = secondary SDOUT for codec interface

1100: GPIO1 output = TouchScreen/SAR ADC interrupt (active-low) as PINTDAV signal

1101: Reserved

1110: Reserved

1111: Reserved

D1 R X GPIO1 input buffer value

D0 R/W 0 0: GPIO1 general-purpose output value = 0

1: GPIO1 general-purpose output value = 1

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 52: GPIO2 In/Out Pin Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W XX Reserved. Do not write any value other than reset value.

D5–D2 R/W 0000 0000: GPIO2 disabled (input and output buffers powered down)

0001: GPIO2 is in input mode (can be used as secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK input,

secondary SDIN input, ADC_WCLK input, Dig_Mic_In or in ClockGen block).

0010: GPIO2 is used as general-purpose input (GPI).

0011: GPIO2 output = general-purpose output

0100: GPIO2 output = CLKOUT output

0101: GPIO2 output = INT1 output

0110: GPIO2 output = INT2 output

0111: GPIO2 output = ADC_WCLK output for codec interface

1000: GPIO2 output = secondary BCLK output for codec interface

1001: GPIO2 output = secondary WCLK output for codec interface

1010: GPIO2 output = ADC_MOD_CLK output for the digital microphone

1011: GPIO2 output = secondary SDOUT for codec interface

1100: GPIO2 output = TouchScreen/SAR ADC interrupt (active-low) as PINTDAV signal

1101: Reserved

1110: Reserved

1111: Reserved

D1 R X GPIO2 input buffer value

D0 R/W 0 0: GPIO2 general-purpose output value = 0

1: GPIO2 general-purpose output value = 1

Page 0/Register 53: SDOUT (OUT Pin) Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved

D4 R/W 1 0: SDOUT bus keeper enabled

1: SDOUT bus keeper disabled

D3–D1 R/W 001 000: SDOUT disabled (output buffer powered down)

001: SDOUT = primary SDOUT output for codec interface

010: SDOUT = general-purpose output

011: SDOUT = CLKOUT output

100: SDOUT = INT1 output

101: SDOUT = INT2 output

110: SDOUT = secondary BCLK output for codec interface

111: SDOUT = secondary WCLK output for codec interface

D0 R/W 0 0: SDOUT general-purpose output value = 0

1: SDOUT general-purpose output value = 1

Page 0/Register 54: SDIN (IN Pin) Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 Reserved

D2–D1 R/W 01 00: SDIN disabled (input buffer powered down)

01: SDIN enabled (can be used as SDIN for codec interface, Dig_Mic_In or in ClockGen block)

10: SDIN is used as general-purpose input (GPI)

11: Reserved

D0 R X SDIN input-buffer value

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 55: MISO (OUT Pin) Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved

D4–D1 R/W 0001 0000: MISO disabled (output buffer powered down)

0001: MISO = MISO output for SPI interface or disabled in case of I2C interface

0010: General-purpose output

0011: MISO = CLKOUT output

0100: MISO = INT1 output

0101: MISO = INT2 output

0110: MISO = ADC_WCLK output for codec interface

0111: MISO = ADC_MOD_CLK output for the digital microphone

1000: MISO = secondary SDOUT for codec interface

1001: MISO = secondary BCLK output for codec interface

1010: MISO = secondary WCLK output for codec interface

1011–1111: Reserved

D0 R/W 0 0: MISO general-purpose output value = 0

1: MISO general-purpose output value = 1

Page 0/Register 56: SCLK (IN Pin) Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 Reserved

D2–D1 R/W 01 00: SCLK disabled (input buffer powered down)

01: SCLK enabled and used for the SPI interface

10: SCLK enabled and is used a general-purpose input (GPI)

11: SCLK enabled and can be used as secondary SDIN, secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK

input, ADC_WCLK Input, or Dig_Mic_In

D0 R X SCLK input buffer value

Page 0/Register 57: GPI1 and GPI2 Pin Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6–D5 R/W 00 00: GPI1 disabled (input buffer powered down)

01: GPI1 enabled (this pin can be used as secondary SDIN, secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK

input, ADC_WCLK input)

10: GPI1 is enabled and used as a general-purpose input (GPI).

11: Reserved

D4 R X GPI1 pin value

D3 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D2–D1 R/W 00 00: GPI2 disabled (input buffer powered down)

01: GPI2 enabled (this pin can be used as secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK input, ADC_WCLK

input)

10: GPI2 is enabled and used as a general-purpose input (GPI).

11: GPI2 is enabled and used as an HP_SP input.

D0 R X GPI2 pin value

Page 0/Register 58: GPI3 Pin Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6–D5 R/W 00 00: GPI3 disabled (input buffer powered down)

01: GPI3 enabled (this pin can be used as secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK input, ADC_WCLK

input)

10: GPI3 is enabled and used as a general purpose input (GPI).

11: Reserved

D4 R X GPI3 pin value.

D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 59: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Page 0/Register 60: DAC Instruction Set

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only default value.

D4–D0 R/W 00 0001 0 0000: miniDSP is used for signal processing

0 0001: DAC Signal Processing Block PRB_P1

0 0010: DAC Signal Processing Block PRB_P2

0 0011: DAC Signal Processing Block PRB_P3

0 0100: DAC Signal Processing Block PRB_P4

...

1 1000: DAC Signal Processing Block PRB_P24

1 1001: DAC Signal Processing Block PRB_P25

1 1010–1 1111: Reserved. Do not use.

Page 0/Register 61: ADC Instruction Set

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only default values.

D4–D0 R/W 0 0100 0 0000: ADC miniDSP is used for signal processing

0 0001–0 0011: Reserved

0 0100: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R4

0 0101: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R5

0 0110: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R6

0 0111–01001: Reserved

0 1010: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R10

0 1011: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R11

0 1100: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R12

0 1101–0 1111: Reserved

1 0000: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R16

1 0001: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R17

1 0010: ADC Signal Processing Block PRB_R18

1 0011–1 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

Page 0/Register 62: Programmable Instruction Mode-Control Bits

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved

D6 R/W 0 ADC miniDSP Engine Auxilliary Control bit A, Which Can Be Used for Conditional Instructions Like JMP

D5 R/W 0 ADC miniDSP Engine Auxilliary Control bit B, Which Can Be Used for Conditional Instructions Like JMP

D4 R/W 0 0: Reset ADC miniDSP instruction counter at the start of the new frame.

1: Do not reset ADC miniDSP instruction counter at the start of the new frame.

D3 R/W 0 Reserved

D2 R/W 0 DAC miniDSP Engine Auxilliary Control bit A, Which Can Be Used for Conditional Instructions Like JMP

D1 R/W 0 DAC miniDSP Engine Auxilliary Control bit B, Which Can Be Used for Conditional Instructions Like JMP

D0 R/W 0 0: Reset DAC miniDSP instruction counter at the start of the new frame.

1: Do not reset DAC miniDSP instruction counter at the start of the new frame.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 63: DAC Data-Path Setup

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel DAC is powered down.

1: Left-channel DAC is powered up.

D6 R/W 0 0: Right-channel DAC is powered down.

1: Right-channel DAC is powered up.

D5–D4 R/W 01 00: Left-channel DAC data path = off

01: Left-channel DAC data path = left data

10: Left-channel DAC data path = right data

11: Left-channel DAC data path = left-channel and right-channel data ((L + R)/2)

D3–D2 R/W 01 00: Right-channel DAC data path = off

01: Right-channel DAC data path = right data

10: Right-channel DAC data path = left data

11: Right-channel DAC data path = left-channel and right-channel data ((L + R)/2)

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: DAC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per sample period.

01: DAC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per two sample periods.

10: DAC channel volume control soft-stepping is disabled.

11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.

Page 0/Register 64: DAC VOLUME CONTROL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D3 R/W 1 0: Left-channel DAC not muted

1: Left-channel DAC muted

D2 R/W 1 0: Right-channel DAC not muted

1: Right-channel DAC muted

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: Left and right channels have independent volume control.(1)

01: Left-channel volume control Is the programmed value of right-channel volume control.

10: Right-channel volume control is the programmed value of left-channel volume control.

11: Same as 00

(1) When DRC is enabled, left and right channels volume controls are always independent. Program bits D1-D0 to 00.

Page 0/Register 65: DAC Left Volume Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 127 to 49: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

48: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 24 dB

47: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 23.5 dB

46: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 23 dB

...

36: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 18 dB

35: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 17.5 dB

34: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 17 dB

...

1: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 0.5 dB

0: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 0 dB

–1: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –0.5 dB

...

–126: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –63 dB

–127: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –63.5 dB

–128: Reserved

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 66: DAC Right Volume Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 127 to 49: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

48: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 24 dB

47: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 23.5 dB

46: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 23 dB

...

36: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 18 dB

35: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 17.5 dB

34: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 17 dB

...

1: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 0.5 dB

0: Right-channel DAC digital gain = 0 dB

–1: Right-channel DAC digital gain = –0.5 dB

...

–126: Right-channel DAC digital gain = –63 dB

–127: Right-channel DAC digital gain = –63.5 dB

–128: Reserved

Page 0/Register 67: Headset Detection

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Headset detection disabled

1: Headset detection enabled

D6–D5 R XX 00: No headset detected

01: Headset without microphone is detected

10: Reserved

11: Headset with microphone is detected

D4–D2 R/W 000 Debounce Programming for Glitch Rejection During Headset Detection(1)

000: 16 ms (sampled with 2-ms clock)

001: 32 ms (sampled with 4-ms clock)

010: 64 ms (sampled with 8-ms clock)

011: 128 ms (sampled with 16-ms clock)

100: 256 ms (sampled with 32-ms clock)

101: 512 ms (sampled with 64-ms clock)

110: Reserved

111: Reserved

D1–D0 R/W 00 Debounce Programming for Glitch Rejection During Headset Button-Press Detection

00: 0 ms

01: 8 ms (sampled with 1-ms clock)

10: 16 ms (sampled with 2-ms clock)

11: 32 ms (sampled with 4-ms clock)

(1) Note that these times are generated using the 1 MHz reference clock which is defined in page 3/register 16.

Page 0/Register 68: DRC Control 1

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

D6 R/W 0 0: DRC disabled for left channel

1: DRC enabled for left channel

D5 R/W 0 0: DRC disabled for right channel

1: DRC enabled for right channel

D4–D2 R/W 011 000: DRC threshold = –3 dB

001: DRC threshold = –6 dB

010: DRC threshold = –9 dB

011: DRC threshold = –12 dB

100: DRC threshold = –15 dB

101: DRC threshold = –18 dB

110: DRC threshold = –21 dB

111: DRC threshold = –24 dB

D1–D0 R/W 11 00: DRC hysteresis = 0 dB

01: DRC hysteresis = 1 dB

10: DRC hysteresis = 2 dB

11: DRC hysteresis = 3 dB

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 69: DRC Control 2

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D R 0 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

D6–D3 R/W 0111 DRC Hold Programmability

0000: DRC Hold Disabled

0001:DRC Hold Time = 32 DAC Word Clocks

0010: DRC Hold Time = 64 DAC Word Clocks

0011: DRC Hold Time = 128 DAC Word Clocks

0100: DRC Hold Time = 256 DAC Word Clocks

0101: DRC Hold Time = 512 DAC Word Clocks

...

1110: DRC Hold Time = 4*32768 DAC Word Clocks

1111: DRC Hold Time = 5*32768 DAC Word Clocks

D2-D0 000 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 0/Register 70: DRC Control 3

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 0000 0000: DRC attack rate = 4 dB per DAC Word Clock

0001: DRC attack rate = 2 dB per DAC Word Clock

0010: DRC attack rate = 1 dB per DAC Word Clock

...

1110: DRC attack rate = 2.4414e–5 dB per DAC Word Clock

1111: DRC attack rate = 1.2207e–5 dB per DAC Word Clock

D3–D0 R/W 0000 0000: DRC decay rate = 1.5625e–2 dB per DAC Word Clock

0001: DRC decay rate = 7.8125e–3 dB per DAC Word Clock

0010: DRC decay rate = 3.9062e–3 dB per DAC Word Clock

...

1110: DRC decay rate = 9.5367e–7 dB per DAC Word Clock

1111: DRC decay rate = 4.7683e–7 dB per DAC Word Clock

Page 0/Register 71: Left Beep Generator (1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Beep generator is disabled.

1: Beep generator is enabled (self-clearing based on beep duration).

D6 R/W 0 0: Auto beep generator on pen touch is disabled.

1: Auto beep generator on pen touch is enabled (CODEC_CLKIN should be available for this and is

used whenever touch is detected).

D5–D0 R/W 00 0000 00 0000: Left-channel beep volume control = 2 dB

00 0001: Left-channel beep volume control = 1 dB

00 0010: Left-channel beep volume control = 0 dB

00 0011: Left-channel beep volume control = –1 dB

...

11 1110: Left-channel beep volume control = –60 dB

11 1111: Left-channel beep volume control = –61 dB

(1) The beep generator is only available in PRB_P25 DAC processing mode.

Page 0/Register 72: Right Beep Generator(1)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 00: Left and right channels have independent beep volume control.

01: Left-channel beep volume control is the programmed value of right-channel beep volume control.

10: Right-channel beep volume control is the programmed value of left-channel beep volume control.

11: Same as 00

D5–D0 R/W 00 0000 00 0000: Right-channel beep volume control = 2 dB

00 0001: Right-channel beep volume control = 1 dB

00 0010: Right-channel beep volume control = 0 dB

00 0011: Right-channel beep volume control = –1 dB

...

11 1110: Right-channel beep volume control = –60 dB

11 1111: Right-channel beep volume control = –61 dB

(1) The beep generator is only available in PRB_P25 DAC processing mode.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 73: Beep Length MSB

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 8 MSBs out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which the beep must be generated.

Page 0/Register 74: Beep Length Middle Bits

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 8 middle bits out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which the beep must be generated.

Page 0/Register 75: Beep Length LSB��

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1110 1110 8 LSBs out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which beep need to be generated.

Page 0/Register 76: Beep Sin(x) MSB

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0001 0000 8 MSBs out of 16 bits for sin(2π× fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fSis the DAC sample rate.

Page 0/Register 77: Beep Sin(x) LSB

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1101 1000 8 LSBs out of 16 bits for sin(2π× fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fSis the DAC sample rate.

Page 0/Register 78: Beep Cos(x) MSB

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0111 1110 8 MSBs out of 16 bits for cos(2π× fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fSis the DAC sample rate.

Page 0/Register 79: Beep Cos(x) LSB

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 1110 0011 8 LSBs out of 16 bits for cos(2π× fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fSis the DAC sample rate.

Page 0/Register 80: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 0/Register 81: ADC Digital Mic

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: ADC channel is powered down.

1: ADC channel is powered up.

D6 R/W 0 Reserved

D5–D4 R/W 00 00: Digital microphone input is obtained from GPIO1 pin.

01: Digital microphone input is obtained from SCLK pin.

10: Digital microphone input is obtained from SDIN pin.

11: Digital microphone input is obtained from GPIO2 pin.

D3 R/W 0 0: Digital microphone is not enabled for delta-sigma mono ADC channel.

1: Digital microphone is enabled for delta-sigma mono ADC channel

D2 R/W 0 Reserved

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per sample period.

01: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per two sample periods.

10: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is disabled.

11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 82: ADC Digital Volume Control Fine Adjust

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 1 0: ADC channel not muted

1: ADC channel muted

Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Volume Coontrol Fine Gain

000: 0 dB

001: –0.1 dB

D6–D4 R/W 000 010: –0.2 dB

011: –0.3 dB

100: –0.4 dB

101–111: Reserved

D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Page 0/Register 83: ADC Digital Volume Control Coarse Adjust

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved

D6–D0 000 0000 100 0000–110 0111: Reserved

110 1000: –12 dB

110 1001: –11.5 dB

...

111 1111: –0.5 dB

000 0000: 0 dB

000 0001: 0.5 dB

...

010 0111: 19.5 dB

010 1000: 20 dB

010 1001–011 1111: Reserved

Page 0/Registers 84–85: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 0/Register 86: AGC Control 1

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: AGC disabled

1: AGC enabled

D6–D4 R/W 000 000: AGC target level = –5.5 dB

001: AGC target level = –8 dB

010: AGC target level = –10 dB

011: AGC target level = –12 dB

100: AGC target level = –14 dB

101: AGC target level = –17 dB

110: AGC target level = –20 dB

111: AGC target level = –24 dB

D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 87: AGC Control 2

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 00: AGC hysterysis setting of 1 dB

01: AGC hysterysis setting of 2 dB

10: AGC hysterysis setting of 4 dB

11: AGC hysterysis disabled

D5–D1 R/W 00 000 00 000: AGC noise/silence detection is disabled.

00 001: AGC noise threshold = –30dB

00 010: AGC noise threshold = –32dB

00 011: AGC noise threshold = –34dB

...

11 101: AGC noise threshold = –86dB

11 110: AGC noise threshold = –88dB

11 111: AGC noise threshold = –90dB

D0 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

Page 0/Register 88: AGC Maximum Gain

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 000 0000: AGC maximum gain = 0 dB

000 0001: AGC maximum gain = 0.5 dB

000 0010: AGC maximum gain = 1 dB

...

111 0011: AGC maximum gain = 57.5 dB

111 0100: AGC maximum gain = 58 dB

111 0101: AGC maximum gain = 58.5 dB

111 0110: AGC maximum gain = 59 dB

111 0111: AGC maximum gain = 59.5 dB

111 1000–111 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

Page 0/Register 89: AGC Attack Time

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 0000 0: AGC attack time = 1 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

0000 1: AGC attack time = 3 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

0001 0: AGC attack time = 5 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

0001 1: AGC attack time = 7 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

0010 0: AGC attack time = 9 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

...

1111 0: AGC attack time = 61 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

1111 1: AGC attack time = 63 × (32/fS) where fSis the ADC sample rate

D2–D0 R/W 000 000: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 1

001: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 2

010: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 4

...

111: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 128

Page 0/Register 90: AGC Decay Time

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 0000 0: AGC decay time = 1 × (512/fS)

0000 1: AGC decay time = 3 × (512/fS)

0001 0: AGC decay time = 5 × (512/fS)

0001 1: AGC decay time = 7 × (512/fS)

0010 0: AGC decay time = 9 × (512/fS)

...

1111 0: AGC decay time = 61 × (512/fS)

1111 1: AGC decay time = 63 × (512/fS)

D2–D0 R/W 000 000: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 1

001: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 2

010: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 4

...

111: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC decay time = 128

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 91: AGC Noise Debounce

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D4–D0 R/W 0 0000 0 0000: AGC noise debounce = 0/fS

0 0001: AGC noise debounce = 4/fS

0 0010: AGC noise debounce = 8/fS

0 0011: AGC noise debounce = 16/fS

0 0100: AGC noise debounce = 32/fS

0 0101: AGC noise debounce = 64/fS

0 0110: AGC noise debounce = 128/fS

0 0111: AGC noise debounce = 256/fS

0 1000: AGC noise debounce = 512/fS

0 1001: AGC noise debounce = 1024/fS

0 1010: AGC noise debounce = 2048/fS

0 1011: AGC noise debounce = 4096/fS

0 1100: AGC noise debounce = 2 × 4096/fS

0 1101: AGC noise debounce = 3 × 4096/fS

0 1110: AGC noise debounce = 4 × 4096/fS

...

1 1110: AGC noise debounce = 20 × 4096/fS

1 1111: AGC noise debounce = 21 × 4096/fS

Page0 /Register 92: AGC Signal Debounce

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D3–D0 R/W 0000 0000: AGC signal debounce = 0/fS

0001: AGC signal debounce = 4/fS

0010: AGC signal debounce = 8/fS

0011: AGC signal debounce = 16/fS

0100: AGC signal debounce = 32/fS

0101: AGC signal debounce = 64/fS

0110: AGC signal debounce = 128/fS

0111: AGC signal debounce = 256/fS

1000: AGC signal debounce = 512/fS

1001: AGC signal debounce = 1024/fS

1010: AGC signal debounce = 2048/fS

1011: AGC signal debounce = 2 × 2048/fS

1100: AGC signal debounce = 3 × 2048/fS

1101: AGC signal debounce = 4 × 2048/fS

1110: AGC signal debounce = 5 × 2048/fS

1111: AGC signal debounce = 6 × 2048/fS

Page 0/Register 93: AGC Gain-Applied Reading

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R XXXX XXXX –24: Gain applied by AGC = –12 dB

–23: Gain applied by AGC = –11.5 dB

...

0: Gain applied by AGC = 0 dB

...

115: Gain applied by AGC = 57.5 dB

116: Gain applied by AGC = 58 dB

117: Gain applied by AGC = 58.5 dB

118: Gain applied by AGC = 59 dB

119: Gain applied by AGC = 59.5 dB

Page 0/Registers 94–101: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 0/Register 102: ADC DC Measurement 1

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: DC measurement is Disabled for mono ADC channel

1: DC measurment is Enabled for mono ADC channel

D6 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.

D5 R/W 0 0: DC measurement is done based on 1st order sinc filter with averaging of 2D

1: DC measurment is done based on 1st order low-pass IIR filter whose coefficients are calculated

based on D value

D4–D0 R/W 00000 DC Meaurement D setting:

00000: Reserved. Don't use.

00001: D = 1

00010: D = 2

...

10011: D = 19

10100: D = 20

10101 to 11111: Reserved. Don't use.

Page 0/Register 103: ADC DC Measurement 2

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.

D6 R/W 0 0: DC measurement data update is enabled.

1: DC measurment data update is disabled. User can read the last updated data without any data

corruption.

D5 R/W 0 0: For IIR based DC measurement, the measurment value is the instantaneous output of the IIR filter

1: For IIR based DC measurement, the measurment value is update before periodic clearing of the IIR

filter

D4–D0 R/W 00000 IIR based DC measurment, average time setting:

00000: Infinite average is used

00001: Averaging time is 21ADC modulator clock periods

00010: Averaging time is 22ADC modulator clock periods

...

10011: Averaging time is 219 ADC modulator clock periods

10100: Averaging time is 220 ADC modulator clock periods

10101 to 11111: Reserved. Don't use.

Page 0/Register 104–ADC DC Measurement Output 1

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 ADC DC Measurement Output (23:16)

Page 0/Register 105–ADC DC Measurement Output 2

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 ADC DC Measurement Output (15:8)

Page 0/Register 106–ADC DC Measurement Output 3

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 ADC DC Measurement Output (7:0)

Page 0/Registers 107–115: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 0/Register 116: VOL/MICDET-Pin SAR ADC – Volume Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: DAC volume control is controlled by control register. (7-bit Vol ADC is powered down)

1: DAC volume control is controlled by pin.

D6 R/W 0 0: Internal on-chip RC oscillator is used for the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control.

1: MCLK is used for the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control.

D5–D4 R/W 00 00: No hysteresis for volume control ADC output

01: Hysteresis of ±1 bit

10: Hysteresis of ±2 bits

11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.

D3 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only reset value.

D2–D0 R/W 000 Throughput of the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control, frequency based on MCLK or internal oscillator.

MCLK = 12 MHz Internal Oscillator Source

000: Throughput = 15.625 Hz 10.68 Hz

001: Throughput = 31.25 Hz 21.35 Hz

010: Throughput = 62.5 Hz 42.71 Hz

011: Throughput = 125 Hz 8.2 Hz

100: Throughput = 250 Hz 170 Hz

101: Throughput = 500 Hz 340 Hz

110: Throughput = 1 kHz 680 Hz

111: Throughput = 2 kHz 1.37 kHz

Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual

oscillator frequency.

Page 0/Register 117: VOL/MICDET-Pin Gain

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6–D0 R XXX XXXX 000 0000: Gain applied by pin volume control = 18 dB

000 0001: Gain applied by pin volume control = 17.5 dB

000 0010: Gain applied by pin volume control = 17 dB

...

010 0011: Gain applied by pin volume control = 0.5 dB

010 0100: Gain applied by pin volume control = 0 dB

010 0101: Gain applied by pin volume control = –0.5 dB

...

101 1001: Gain applied by pin volume control = –26.5 dB

101 1010: Gain applied by pin volume control = –27 dB

101 1011: Gain applied by pin volume control = –28 dB

...

111 1101: Gain applied by pin volume control = –62 dB

111 1110: Gain applied by pin volume control = –63 dB

111 1111: Reserved.

Page 0/Registers 118 to 127: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

6.3 Control Registers, Page 1: DAC and ADC Routing, PGA, Power-Controls and MISC

Logic Related Programmabilities

Page 1/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 1/Registers 1–29: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Page 1/Register 30: Headphone and Speaker Amplifier Error Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D2 R/W 0000 00 Reserved

D1 R/W 0 0: Reset HPL and HPR power-up control bits on short-circuit detection if page-1, register 31, D1 = 1.

1: HPL and HPR power-up control bits remain unchanged on short-circuit detection.

D0 R/W 0 0: Reset SPL and SPR power-up control bits on short-circuit detection.

1: SPL and SPR power-up control bits remain unchanged on short-circuit detection.

Page 1/Register 31: Headphone Drivers

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: HPL output driver is powered down.

1: HPL output driver is powered up.

D6 R/W 0 0: HPR output driver is powered down.

1: HPR output driver is powered up.

D5 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D4–D3 R/W 0 00: Output common-mode voltage = 1.35 V

01: Output common-mode voltage = 1.5 V

10: Output common-mode voltage = 1.65 V

11: Output common-mode voltage = 1.8 V

D2 R/W 1 Reserved. Write only 1 to this bit.

D1 R/W 0 0: If short-circuit protection is enabled for headphone driver and short circuit detected, device limits the

maximum current to the load.

1: If short-circuit protection is enabled for headphone driver and short circuit detected, device powers

down the output driver.

D0 R 0 0: Short circuit is not detected on the headphone driver.

1: Short circuit is detected on the headphone driver.

Page 1/Register 32: Class-D Speaker Amplifier

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel class-D output driver is powered down.

1: Left-channel class-D output driver is powered up.

D6 R/W 0 0: Right-channel class-D output driver is powered down.

1: Right-channel class-D output driver is powered up.

D5–D1 R/W 00 011 Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.

D0 R 0 0: Short circuit is not detected on the class-D driver. Valid only if class-D amplifier is powered up. For

short-circuit flag sticky bit, see page 0/register 44.

1: Short circuit is detected on the class-D driver. Valid only if class-D amp is powered-up. For short-

circuit flag sticky bit, see page 0/register 44.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 1/Register 33: HP Output Drivers POP Removal Settings

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: If power down sequence is activated by device software power down using page 1/register 46, bit D7,

then power down the DAC simultaneously with the HP and SP amplifiers.

1: If power down sequence is activated by device software power down using page 1/register 46, bit D7,

then power down DAC only after HP and SP amplifiers are completely powered down. This is to

optimize power-down POP.

D6–D3 R/W 0111 0000: Driver power-on time = 0 μs

0001: Driver power-on time = 15.3 μs

0010: Driver power-on time = 153 μs

0011: Driver power-on time = 1.53 ms

0100: Driver power-on time = 15.3 ms

0101: Driver power-on time = 76.2 ms

0110: Driver power-on time = 153 ms

0111: Driver power-on time = 304 ms

1000: Driver power-on time = 610ms

1001: Driver power-on time = 1.22 s

1010: Driver power-on time = 3.04 s

1011: Driver power-on time = 6.1 s

1100–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual

oscillator frequency.

D2–D1 R/W 11 00: Driver ramp-up step time = 0 ms

01: Driver ramp-up step time = 0.98 ms

10: Driver ramp-up step time = 1.95 ms

11: Driver ramp-up step time = 3.9 ms

NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual

oscillator frequency.

D0 R/W 0 0: Weakly driven output common-mode voltage is generated from resistor divider of the AVDD supply.

1: Reserved

Page 1/Register 34: Output Driver PGA Ramp-Down Period Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.

D6–D4 R/W 000 Speaker Power-Up Wait Time (Duration Based on Using Internal Oscillator)

000: Wait time = 0 ms

001: Wait time = 3.04 ms

010: Wait time = 7.62 ms

011: Wait time = 12.2 ms

100: Wait time = 15.3 ms

101: Wait time = 19.8 ms

110: Wait time = 24.4 ms

111: Wait time = 30.5 ms

NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual

oscillator frequency.

D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 1/Register 35: DAC_L and DAC_R Output Mixer Routing��

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 00: DAC_L is not routed anywhere.

01: DAC_L is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.

10: DAC_L is routed directly to the HPL driver.

11: Reserved

D5 R/W 0 0: MIC input is not routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.

1: MIC input is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.

D4 0 0: AUX1 input is not routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.

1: AUX1 input is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.

D3–D2 R/W 00 00: DAC_R is not routed anywhere.

01: DAC_R is routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.

10: DAC_R is routed directly to the HPR driver.

11: Reserved

D1 R/W 0 0: AUX1 input is not routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.

1: AUX1 input is routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.

D0 R/W 0 0: HPL driver output is not routed to the HPR driver.

1: HPL driver output is routed to the HPR driver input (used for differential output mode).

Page 1/Register 36: Left Analog Vol to HPL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel analog volume control is not routed to HPL output driver.

1: Left-channel analog volume control is routed to HPL output driver.

D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Left-channel analog volume control gain (non-linear) for the HPL output driver, 0 dB to –78 dB. See

Table 5-38.

Page 1/Register 37: Right Analog Vol to HPR

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Right-channel analog volume control is not routed to HPR output driver.

1: Right-channel analog volume control is routed to HPR output driver.

D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Right-channel analog volume control gain (non-linear) for the HPR output driver, 0 dB to –78 dB. See

Table 5-38.

Page 1/Register 38: Left Analog Vol to SPL

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Left-channel analog volume control output is not routed to left-channel class-D output driver.

1: Left-channel analog volume control output is routed to left-channel class-D output driver.

D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Left-channel analog volume control output gain (non-linear) for the left-channel class-D output driver,

0 dB to –78 dB. See Table 5-38.

Page 1/Register 39: Right Analog Vol to SPR

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Right-channel analog volume control output is not routed to right-channel class-D output driver.

1: Right-channel analog volume control output is routed to right-channel class-D output driver.

D6–D0 R/W 111 1111 Right-channel analog volume control output gain (non-linear) for the right-channel class-D output driver,

0 dB to –78 dB. See Table 5-38.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 1/Register 40: HPL Driver

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6–D3 R/W 0000 0000: HPL driver PGA = 0 dB

0001: HPL driver PGA = 1 dB

0010: HPL driver PGA = 2 dB

...

1000: HPL driver PGA = 8 dB

1001: HPL driver PGA = 9 dB

1010–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

D2 R/W 0 0: HPL driver is muted.

1: HPL driver is not muted.

D1 R/W 1 0: HPL driver is weakly driven to a common mode during power down.(1)

1: HPL driver is high-impedance during power down.

D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to HPL have been applied yet.

1: All programmed gains to HPL have been applied.

(1) If D1 is programmed as 0, Page 1 / Register 33 D0 must be set to 0.

Page 1/Register 41: HPR Driver

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D6–D3 R/W 0000 0000: HPR driver PGA = 0 dB

0001: HPR driver PGA = 1 dB

0010: HPR driver PGA = 2 dB

...

1000: HPR driver PGA = 8 dB

1001: HPR driver PGA = 9 dB

1010–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

D2 R/W 0 0: HPR driver is muted.

1: HPR driver is not muted.

D1 R/W 1 0: HPR driver is weakly driven to a common mode during power down.(1)

1: HPR driver is high-impedance during power down.

D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to HPR have been applied yet.

1: All programmed gains to HPR have been applied.

(1) If D1 is programmed as 0, Page 1 / Register 33 D0 must be set to 0.

Page 1/Register 42: SPL Driver

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D4–D3 R/W 00 00: Left-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 6 dB

01: Left-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 12 dB

10: Left-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 18 dB

11: Left-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 24 dB

D2 R/W 0 0: Left-channel class-D driver is muted.

1: Left-channel class-D driver is not muted.

D1 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to left-channel class-D driver have been applied yet.

1: All programmed gains to left-channel class-D driver have been applied.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 1/Register 43: SPR Driver

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D4–D3 R/W 00 00: Right-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 6 dB

01: Right-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 12 dB

10: Right-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 18 dB

11: Right-channel class-D driver output stage gain = 24 dB

D2 R/W 0 0: Right-channel class-D driver is muted.

1: Right-channel class-D driver is not muted.

D1 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed gains to right-channel class-D driver have been applied yet.

1: All programmed gains to right-channel class-D driver have been applied.

Page 1/Register 44: HP Driver Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Debounce time for the headset short-circuit detection

MCLK/DIV (Page

(1) 3/Register 16) = 1- Internal Oscillator Source

MHz Source

000: Debounce time = 0 μs 0 μs

001: Debounce time = 8 μs 7.8 μs

010: Debounce time = 16 μs 15.6 μs

011: Debounce time = 32 μs 31.2 μs

100: Debounce time = 64 μs 62.4 μs

101: Debounce time = 128 μs 124.9 μs

110: Debounce time = 256 μs 250 μs

111: Debounce time = 512 μs 500 μs

Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual

oscillator frequency.

D4–D3 R/W 00 00: Default mode for the DAC

01: DAC performance increased by increasing the current

10: Reserved

11: DAC performance increased further by increasing the current again

D2 R/W 0 0: HPL output driver is programmed as headphone driver.

1: HPL output driver is programmed as lineout driver.

D1 R/W 0 0: HPR output driver is programmed as headphone driver.

1: HPRoutput driver is programmed as lineout driver.

D0 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

(1) The clock used for the debounce has a clock period = debounce duration/8.

Page 1/Register 45: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to these registers.

Page 1/Register 46: MICBIAS

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Device software power down is not enabled.

1: Device software power down is enabled.

D6–D4 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D3 R/W 0 0: Programmed MICBIAS is not powered up if headset detection is enabled but headset is not inserted.

1: Programmed MICBIAS is powered up even if headset is not inserted.

D2 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D1–D0 R/W 00 00: MICBIAS output is powered down.

01: MICBIAS output is powered to 2 V.

10: MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5 V.

11: MICBIAS output is powered to AVDD.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 1/Register 47: MIC PGA

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 1 0: MIC PGA is controlled by bits D6–D0.

1: MIC PGA is at 0 dB.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0000 000 0000: PGA = 0 dB

000 0001: PGA = 0.5 dB

000 0010: PGA = 1 dB

...

111 0110: PGA = 59 dB

111 0111: PGA = 59.5 dB

111 1000–111 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

Page 1/Register 48: Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Fine-Gain Input Selection for P-Terminal

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 00: MIC is not selected for the MIC PGA.

(1) 01: MIC is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.

10: MIC is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.

11: MIC is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.

D5–D4 R/W 00 00: AUX1 is not selected for the MIC PGA.

01: AUX1 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ

10: AUX1 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ

11: AUX1 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ

D3–D2 R/W 00 00: AUX2 is not selected for the MIC PGA.

01: AUX2 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ

10: AUX2 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ

11: AUX2 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ

D1–D0 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

(1) Input impedance selection affects the microphone PGA gain. See the MICBIAS and Microphone Premaplifier section for details.

Page 1/Register 49: ADC Input Selection for M-Terminal

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 00: CM is not selected for the MIC PGA.

(1) 01: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.

10: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.

11: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.

D5–D4 00 00: AUX2 is not selected for the left MIC PGA.

01: AUX2 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.

10: AUX2 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.

11: AUX2 is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.

D3–D0 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

(1) Input impedance selection affects the microphone PGA gain. See the MICBIAS and Microphone Premaplifier section for details.

Page 1/Register 50: Input CM Settings

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: MIC input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.

1: MIC input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.

D6 R/W 0 0: AUX1 input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.

1: AUX1 input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.

D5 R/W 0 0: AUX2 input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA.

1: AUX2 input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA.

D4–D1 R/W 0000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D0 R 0 0: Not all programmed analog gains to the ADC have been applied yet.

1: All programmed analog gains to the ADC have been applied.

Page 1/Registers 51–127: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

6.4 Control Registers, Page 3: TSC Control and Data Programmabilities

Page 3/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Page3/Register 1: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 3/Register 2: SAR ADC Control

BIT READ/ RESET DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Normal mode

1: Stop conversion and power down SAR ADC.

D6–D5 R/W 00 00: SAR ADC resolution = 12-bit

01: SAR ADC resolution = 8-bit

10: SAR ADC resolution = 10-bit

11: SAR ADC resolution = 12-bit

D4–D3 R/W 00 00: SAR ADC clock divider = 1 (Use for 8-bit resolution case only) (This divider is only for the

See conversion clock generation, not for other logic.)

Figure 01: SAR ADC clock divider = 2 (Use for 8-bit/10-bit resolution case only.)

5-40 10: SAR ADC clock divider = 4 (For better performance in 8-bit/10-bit resolution mode, this setting is

recommended.)

11: SAR ADC clock divider = 8 (For better performance in 12-bit resolution mode, this setting is

recommended.)

D2 R/W 000 0: Mean filter is used for on-chip data averaging (if enabled).

1: Median filter is used for on-chip data averaging (if enabled).

D1–D0 R/W 00: On-chip data averaging is disabled.

01: 4-data averaging in case mean filter/5-data averaging in case of median filter

10: 8-data averaging in case mean filter/9-data averaging in case of median filter

11: 16-data averaging in case mean filter/15-data averaging in case of median filter

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 3/Register 3: SAR ADC Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Host-controlled conversions

1: Self-controlled touch screen conversions based on pen touch

D6 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D5–D2 R/W 0000 0000: Conversion mode = No scan

0001: Conversion mode = (X, Y) scan: Even in host-controlled mode, once started, scan continues until

either the pen is lifted or a stop bit (register 2, bit D7) is sent.

0010: Conversion mode = (X, Y, Z1, Z2) scan: Even in host-controlled mode, once started, scan

continues until either the pen is lifted or a stop bit (register 2, bit D7) is sent.

0011: Conversion mode = X scan: Only in self-controlled mode; once started, scan continues until either

the pen is lifted or a stop bit (register 2, bit D7) is sent.

0100: Conversion mode = Y scan: Only in self-controlled mode; once started, scan continues until either

the pen is lifted or a stop bit (register 2, bit D7) is sent.

0101: Conversion Mode = (Z1, Z2) scan: Only in self-controlled mode; once started, scan continues until

either the pen is lifted or a stop bit (register 2, bit D7) is sent.

0110: Conversion mode = VBAT measurement

0111: Conversion mode = AUX2 measurement

1000: Conversion mode = AUX1 measurement

1001: Conversion mode = Auto scan. Sequence used is AUX1, AUX2, VBAT. Each of these inputs can

be enabled or disabled independently using register 19, and with that sequence is modified

accordingly. Scan continues until stop bit (register 2, bit D7) is sent or bits D5–D2 of this register

are changed.

1010: Conversion mode = TEMP1 measurement

1011: Conversion mode = Port scan: AUX1, AUX2, VBAT

1100:Conversion mode = TEMP2 measurement

1101–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.

D1–D0 R/W 0 00: Interrupt pin (GPIO1 or GPIO2 pin) = PEN-interrupt PENIRQ (active low).

01: Interrupt pin (GPIO1 or GPIO2 pin) = Data-available DATA_AVA (active low).

10: Interrupt pin (GPIO1 or GPIO2 pin) = PEN-interrupt PENIRQ and Data-available DATA_AVA (active

high).

11: Reserved

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 3/Register 4: Precharge and Sense

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Pen touch detection is enabled.

1: Pen touch detection is disabled.

D6–D4 R/W 000 Precharge time before touch detection [duration based on using internal oscillator or MCLK/DIV (register

17)] MCLK/DIV = 8-MHz Internal Oscillator Source

Source

000: Precharge time = 0.25 μs 0.24 μs

001: Precharge time = 1 μs 0.97 μs

010: Precharge time = 3 μs 2.92 μs

011: Precharge time = 10 μs 9.7 μs

100: Precharge time = 30 μs 29.2 μs

101: Precharge time = 100 μs 97 μs

110: Precharge time = 300 μs 292 μs

111: Precharge time = 1 ms 0.97 ms

Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual

oscillator frequency.

D3 R/W 0 Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.

D2–D0 R/W 000 Sense time during touch detection [duration based on usming internal oscillator or MCLK/DIV (register

17)] MCLK/DIV = 8-MHz Internal Oscillator Source

Source

000: Sense time = 1 μs 0.97 μs

001: Sense time = 2 μs 1.94 μs

010: Sense time = 3 μs 2.92 μs

011: Sense time = 10 μs 9.7 μs

100: Sense time = 30 μs 29.2 μs

101: Sense time = 100 μs 97 μs

110: Sense time = 300 μs 292 μs

111: Sense time = 1 ms 0.97 ms

Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual

oscillator frequency.

Page 3/Register 5: Panel Voltage Stabilization

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 000 00: SAR comparator bias current normal setting.

01: Increase the SAR comparator bias by 25% to support higher conversion clock.

10: Increase the SAR comparator bias by 50% to support higher conversion clock

11: Increase the SAR comparator bias by 100% to support higher conversion clock.

D5 R/W 0 0: Default sample duration.

1: Sample duration doubles to support inputs which are higher output impedance..

D4-D3 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeroes to these bits.

D2–D0 R/W 000 Panel voltage stabilization time before conversion [(duration based on using internal oscillator or

MCLK/DIV (register 17)] MCLK/DIV = 8-MHz Internal Oscillator Source

Source

000: Stabilization time = 0.25 μs 0.24 μs

001: Stabilization time = 1 μs 0.97 μs

010: Stabilization time = 3 μs 2.92 μs

011: Stabilization time = 10 μs 9.7 μs

100: Stabilization time = 30 μs 29.2 μs

101: Stabilization time = 100 μs 97 μs

110: Stabilization time = 300 μs 292 μs

111: Stabilization time = 1 ms 0.97 ms

Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual

oscillator frequency.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 3/Register 6: Voltage Reference

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: External reference is used for non-touch-screen measurement.

1: Internal reference is used for non-touch-screen measurement.

D6 R/W 0 0: Internal reference = 1.25 V

1: Internal reference = 2.5 V

D5 R/W 1 0: Internal reference powered up continuously for conversions

1: Internal reference powered up/down automatically based on whether conversion is in progress.

D4 R/W 0 Reserved

D3–D2 R/W 00 Reference Stabilization Time Before Conversion

00: 0 μs

01: 100 μs

10: 500 μs

11: 1 ms

Note: These values are based on MCLK/DIV (page 3/register 17) = 8 MHz. Scale according to the

actual oscillator frequency.

D1 R/W 0 Reserved

D0 R/W 0 0: VBAT is the normal auxillary input (VBAT ≤VREF).

1: VBAT = BAT is the battery input for battery measurement.

Page 3/Registers 7 to 8: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 3/Register 9: Status Bit

READ/ RESET

BIT Description

WRITE VALUE

D7 R 0 0: Pen touch is not detected.

1: Pen touch is detected.

D6 R 1 0: ADC is busy.

1: ADC is not busy.

D5 R 0 0: No new data is available.

1: New data is available. (This bit is cleared only after all the converted data have been completely read

out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D4 R/W X Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.

D3 R 0 0: No new X data is available.

1: New data for X coordinate is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted X data have been

read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D2 R 0 0: No new Y data is available.

1: New data for Y coordinate is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted Y data have been

read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D1 R 0 0: No new Z1 data is available.

1: New data for Z1 coordinate is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted Z1 data have

been read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D0 R 0 0: No new Z2 data is available.

1: New data for Z2 coordinate is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted Z2 data have

been read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 3/Register 10: Status Bit

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R 0 0: No new AUX1 data is available.

1: New data for AUX1 is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted AUX1 data have been

read

out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D6 R 0 0: No new AUX2 data is available.

1: New data for AUX2 is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted AUX2 data have been

read

out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D5 R 0 0: No new VBAT data is available.

1: New data for VBAT is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted VBAT (BAT) data have

been read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D4–D2 R/W XXX Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D1 R 0 0: No new TEMP1 data is available.

1: New data for TEMP1 is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted TEMP1 data have been

read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

D0 R 0 0: No new TEMP2 data is available.

1: New data for TEMP2 is available. (This bit is cleared only after the converted TEMP2 data have been

read out. This bit is not valid for the buffer mode.)

Page 3/Registers 11 to 12: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 3/Register 13: Buffer Mode

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Buffer mode is disabled and RDPTR, WRPTR, and TGPTR are set to their default values.

1: Buffer mode is enabled.

D6 R/W 0 0: Buffer mode is enabled as countinuos-conversion mode.

1: Buffer mode is enabled as single-shot mode.

D5–D3 R/W 000 000: Trigger level for conversion = 8 × number of converted data.

001: Trigger level for conversion = 16 × number of converted data.

010: Trigger level for conversion = 24 × number of converted data.

011: Trigger level for conversion = 32 × number of converted data.

100: Trigger level for conversion = 40 × number of converted data.

101: Trigger level for conversion = 48 × number of converted data.

110: Trigger level for conversion = 56 × number of converted data.

111: Trigger level for conversion = 64 × number of converted data.

D2 R/W 0 Reserved

D1 R 0 0: Buffer is not full.

1: Buffer is full. This means buffer contains 64 unread converted data.

D0 R 1 0: Buffer is not empty

1: Buffer is empty. This means there is no unread converted data in the buffer.

Page 3/Register 14: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7-D0 R/W 00001111 Reserved. Wrie only the reset value to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 3/Register 15: Scan Mode Timer

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Programmable delay for touch-screen measurement is disabled.(1)

1: Programmable delay for touch-screen measurement is enabled.

D6–D4 R/W 100 Programmable interval timer delay [duration based on using internal oscillator or MCLK/DIV (page

3/register 16, bit D7)](2)

MCLK/DIV = 1-MHz Internal Oscillator Source

Source

000: Delay time = 8 ms 7.80 ms

001: Delay time = 1 ms 0.97 ms

010: Delay time = 2 ms 1.95 ms

011: Delay time = 3 ms 2.93 ms

100: Delay time = 4 ms 3.91 ms

101: Delay time = 5 ms 4.88 ms

110: Delay time = 6 ms 5.85 ms

111: Delay time = 7 ms 6.83 ms

NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual

oscillator frequency.

D3 R/W 0 0: Programmable delay for non-touch screen auto measurement is disabled.

1: Programmable delay for non-touch screen auto measurement is enabled.

D2–D0 R/W 0 Programmable interval timer delay [duration based on using internal oscillator or MCLK/DIV (page

3/register 16, bit D7)](2)

MCLK/DIV = 1-MHz Internal Oscillator Source

Source

000: Delay time = 1.12 min. 1.09 min.

001: Delay time = 3.36 min. 3.28 min.

010: Delay time = 5.59 min. 5.46 min.

011: Delay time = 7.83 min. 7.64 min.

100: Delay time = 10.01 min. 9.76 min.

101: Delay time = 12.30 min. 12.0 min.

110: Delay time = 14.54 min. 14.2 min.

111: Delay time = 16.78 min. 16.37 min.

NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual

oscillator frequency.

(1) This interval timer mode is for all self-controlled modes. For host-controlled mode, it is valid only for (X, Y) or (X, Y, Z1, Z2) conversions.

(2) These delays are from the end of one data set of conversion to the start of another new data set of conversion.

Page 3/Register 16: Scan Mode Timer Clock

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 1 0: Internal oscillator clock is used for programmable delay timer.

1: External MCLK (1) is used for programmable delay timer.

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 MCLK Divider to Generate 1-MHz Clock for the Programmable Delay Timer

000 0000: MCLK divider = 128.

000 0001: MCLK divider = 1.

000 0010: MCLK divider = 2.

...

111 1110: MCLK divider = 126.

111 1111: MCLK divider = 127.

(1) External clock is used only to control the delay programmed between the conversions and not used for doing the actual conversion. This

is supported to get an accurate delay, because the internal oscillator frequency varies from device to device.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 3/Register 17: SAR ADC Clock

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 1 0: Internal oscillator clock is used for SAR ADC and TSC FSM.

1: External MCLK is used for SAR ADC and TSC FSM.(1)

D6–D0 R/W 000 0001 MCLK Divider to Generate Clock With Minimum Pulse Duration Greater Than 40 ns for the SAR

000 0000: MCLK divider = 128

000 0001: MCLK divider = 1

000 0010: MCLK divider = 2

...

111 1110: MCLK divider = 126

111 1111: MCLK divider = 127

(1) This enables the external clock for SAR ADC conversions and TSC FSM related timers like precharge, sense, …, but not for

programmable delay. For programmmable delay, use the preceding register settings.

Page 3/Register 18: Debounce Time for Pen-Up Detection

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: SPI Interface is used for the buffer data reading.

1: I2C Interface is used for the buffer data reading.

D6 R/W 0 0: SAR/buffer data update is held automatically (to avoid simultaneous buffer read and write operations)

based on internal detection logic.

1: SAR/buffer data update is held using software control and register 18, bit D5.

D5 R/W 0 0: SAR/buffer data update is enabled all the time. (This is valid only if register 18, bit D6 = 1.)

1: SAR/buffer data update is stopped so that user can read the last updated data without any data

corruption. (This is valid only if above D6 = 1.)

D4–D3 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D2–D0 R/W 000 Pen-touch removal detection with debounce

MCLK/DIV (Page

(1) 3/Register 16) = 1- Internal Oscillator Source

MHz Source

000: Debounce time = 0 μs 0 μs

001: Debounce time = 8 μs 7.8 μs

010: Debounce time = 16 μs 15.6 μs

011: Debounce time = 32 μs 31.2 μs

100: Debounce time = 64 μs 62.4 μs

101: Debounce time = 128 μs 124.9 μs

110: Debounce time = 256 μs 250 μs

111: Debounce time = 512 μs 500 μs

Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual

oscillator frequency.

(1) The clock used for the debounce has a clock period = debounce duration/8.

Page 3/Register 19: Auto AUX Measurement Selection

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7 R/W 0 0: Auto AUX1 measurement is disabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

1: Auto AUX1 measurement is enabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

D6 R/W 0 0: Auto AUX2 measurement is disabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

1: Auto AUX2 measurement is enabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

D5 R/W 0 0: Auto VBAT measurement is disabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

1: Auto VBAT measurement is enabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

D4 R/W 0 0: Auto TEMP measurement is disabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

1: Auto TEMP measurement is enabled during auto non-touch screen scan.

D3 R/W 0 0: TEMP1 is used for auto TEMP measurement.

1: TEMP2 is used for auto TEMP measurement.

D2 R/W 0 0: AUX1 is used for voltage measurement.

1: AUX1 is used for resistance measurement.

D1 R/W 0 0: AUX2 is used for voltage measurement.

1: AUX2 is used for resistance measurement.

D0 R/W 0 0: Internal bias resistance measurement mode is used during resistance measurement.

1: External bias resistance measurement mode is used during resistance measurement.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 3/Register 20: Touch-Screen Pen Down

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D3 R/W 0000 0 Reserved

D2–D0 R/W 000 Debounce Time for Pen-Down Detection

MCLK/DIV (Page

(1) 3/Register 16) = 1- Internal Oscillator Source

MHz Source

000: Debounce time = 0 μs 0 μs

001: Debounce time = 64 μs 62.4 μs

010: Debounce time = 128 μs 125 μs

011: Debounce time = 256 μs 250 μs

100: Debounce time = 512 μs 500 μs

101: Debounce time = 1024 μs 1000 μs

110: Debounce time = 2048 μs 2000 μs

111: Debounce time = 4096 μs 4000 μs

NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator

frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual

oscillator frequency.

(1) The clock used for the debounce has a clock period = debounce duration/8.

Page 3/Register 21: Threshold Check Flags Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D6 R/W 00 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D5(1) R/W 0 0: AUX1 measurement is less than programmed maximum threshold setting.

1: AUX1 measurement is greater than or equal to programmed maximum threshold setting.

D4(1) R/W 0 0: AUX1 measurement is greater than programmed minimum threshold setting.

1: AUX1 measurement is less than or equal to programmed minimum threshold setting.

D3(1) R/W 0 0: AUX2 measurement is less than programmed maximum threshold setting.

1: AUX2 measurement is greater than or equal to programmed maximum threshold setting.

D2(1) R/W 0 0: AUX2 measurement is greater than programmed minimum threshold setting.

1: AUX2 measurement is less than or equal to programmed minimum threshold setting.

D1(1) R/W 0 0: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) measurement is less than programmed maximum threshold setting.

1: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) measurement is greater than or equal to programmed maximum threshold

setting.

D0(1) R/W 0 0: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) measurement is greater than programmed minimum threshold setting.

1: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) measurement is less than or equal to programmed minimum threshold

setting.

(1) Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs

again.

Page 3/Register 22: AUX1 Maximum Value Check (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved

D4 R/W 0 0: AUX1 maximum threshold check is disabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

1: AUX1 maximum threshold check is enabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

D3–D0 R/W 0000 AUX1 maximum threshold code 4 MSBs

Page 3/Register 23: AUX1 Maximum Value Check (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 AUX1 maximum threshold code 8 LSBs

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 3/Register 24: AUX1 Minimum Value Check (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved

D4 R/W 0 0: AUX1 minimum threshold check is disabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

1: AUX1 minimum threshold check is enabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

D3–D0 R/W 0000 AUX1 minimum threshold code 4 MSBs

Page 3/Register 25: AUX1 Minimum Value Check (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 AUX1 minimum threshold code 8 LSBs

Page 3/Register 26: AUX2 Maximum Value Check (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved

D4 R/W 0 0: AUX2 maximum threshold check is disabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

1: AUX2 maximum threshold check is enabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

D3–D0 R/W 0000 AUX2 maximum threshold code 4 MSBs

Page 3/Register 27: AUX2 Maximum Value Check (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 AUX2 maximum threshold code 8 LSBs

Page 3/Register 28: AUX2 Minimum Value Check (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved

D4 R/W 0 0: AUX2 minimum threshold check is disabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

1: AUX2 minimum threshold check is enabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan measurement).

D3–D0 R/W 0000 AUX2 minimum threshold code 4 MSBs

Page 3/Register 29: AUX2 Minimum Value Check (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 AUX2 minimum threshold code 8 LSBs

Page 3/Register 30: Temperature Maximum Value Check (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D5 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D4 R/W 0 0: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) maximum threshold check is disabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan

measurement).

1: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) maximum threshold check is enabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan

measurement).

D3–D0 R/W 0000 TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) maximum threshold code 4 MSBs

Page 3/Register 31: Temperature Maximum Value Check (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) maximum threshold code 8 LSBs

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 3/Register 32: Temperature Minimum Value Check (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 000 Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.

D4 R/W 0 0: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) minimum threshold check is disabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan

measurement).

1: TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) minimum threshold check is enabled (valid for auto/non-auto scan

measurement).

D3–D0 R/W 0000 TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) minimum threshold code 4 MSBs

Page 3/Register 33: Temperature Minimum Value Check (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 TEMP (TEMP1/TEMP2) minimum threshold code 8 LSBs

Page 3/Registers 34 to 41: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 3/Register 42: X-Coordinate Data (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the X-coordinate data.

Page 3/Register 43: X-Coordinate Data (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the X-coordinate data.

Page 3/Register 44: Y-Coordinate Data (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the Y-coordinate data.

Page 3/Register 45: Y-Coordinate Data (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the Y-coordinate data.

Page 3/Register 46: Z1 MSB Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the Z1-coordinate data.

Page 3/Registers 47: Z1 LSB Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the Z1-coordinate data.

Page 3/Registers 48: Z2 MSB Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the Z2-coordinate data.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 3/Registers 49: Z2 LSB Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the Z2-coordinate data.

Page 3/Registers 50 to 53: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 3/Register 54: AUX1 Data (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the AUX1 data.

Page 3/Register 55: AUX1 Data (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the AUX1 data.

Page3/Register 56: AUX2 Data (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the AUX2 data.

Page 3/Register 57: AUX2 Data (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the AUX2 data.

Page 3/Register 58: VBAT Data (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the VBAT data.

Page 3/Register 59: VBAT Data (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the VBAT data.

Page 3/Registers 60 to 65: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Page 3/Registers 66: TEMP1 MSB Data Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of TEMP1 data.

Page 3/Registers 67: TEMP1 LSB Data Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of TEMP1 data.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 3/Registers 68: TEMP2 MSB Data Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of TEMP2 data.

Page 3/Registers 69: TEMP2 LSB Data Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R 0000 0000 Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of TEMP2 data.

Page 3/Registers 70 to 127: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

6.5 Control Registers, Page 4: ADC Digital Filter Coefficients

Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Page 4/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The remaining page-4 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the

various filters in the TSC2117. Reserved registers should not be written to.

The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit

coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient

are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32,768 to 32,767. When

programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register should always be written first, immediately

followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both

registers should be written in this sequence. Table 6-3 is a list of the page-4 registers, excepting the

previously described register 0.

Table 6-3. Page-4 Registers

NUMBER

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

8 MSBs of N0 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level or

2 0000 0001 Coefficient C1(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

8 LSBs of N0 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level or Coefficient

3 0001 0111 C1(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

8 MSBs of N1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level or

4 0000 0001 Coefficient C2(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

8 LSBs of N1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level or Coefficient

5 0001 0111 C2(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

8 MSBs of D1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level or

6 0111 1101 Coefficient C3(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

8 LSBs of D1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level or Coefficient

7 1101 0011 C3(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

8 MSBs of N0 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C4(15:8) of ADC

8 0111 1111 miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-3. Page-4 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

8 LSBs of N0 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C4(7:0) of ADC

9 1111 1111 miniDSP

8 MSBs of N1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C5(15:8) of ADC

10 0000 0000 miniDSP

8 LSBs of N1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C5(7:0) of ADC

11 0000 0000 miniDSP

8 MSBs of D1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C6(15:8) of ADC

12 0000 0000 miniDSP

8 LSBs of D1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C6(7:0) of ADC

13 0000 0000 miniDSP

Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR0(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

14 0111 1111 C7(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR0(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

15 1111 1111 C7(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR1(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

16 0000 0000 C8(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR1(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

17 0000 0000 C8(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR2(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

18 0000 0000 C9(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR2(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

19 0000 0000 C9(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR3(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

20 0000 0000 C10(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR3(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

21 0000 0000 C10(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR4(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

22 0000 0000 C11(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC Biquad A or Coefficient FIR4(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

23 0000 0000 C11(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR5(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

24 0111 1111 C12(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR5(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

25 1111 1111 C12(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR6(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

26 0000 0000 C13(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR6(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

27 0000 0000 C13(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR7(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

28 0000 0000 C14(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR7(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

29 0000 0000 C14(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR8(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

30 0000 0000 C15(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR8(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

31 0000 0000 C15(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR9(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

32 0000 0000 C16(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC Biquad B or Coefficient FIR9(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

33 0000 0000 C16(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR10(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

34 0111 1111 C17(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR10(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

35 1111 1111 C17(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-3. Page-4 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR11(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

36 0000 0000 C18(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR11(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

37 0000 0000 C18(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR12(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

38 0000 0000 C19(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR12(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

39 0000 0000 C19(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR13(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

40 0000 0000 C20(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR13(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

41 0000 0000 C20(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR14(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

42 0000 0000 C21(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC Biquad C or Coefficient FIR14(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

43 0000 0000 C21(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR15(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

44 0111 1111 C22(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR15(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

45 1111 1111 C22(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR16(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

46 0000 0000 C23(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR16(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

47 0000 0000 C23(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR17(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

48 0000 0000 C24(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR17(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

49 0000 0000 C24(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR18(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

50 0000 0000 C25(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR18(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

51 0000 0000 C25(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR19(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

52 0000 0000 C26(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC Biquad D or Coefficient FIR19(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

53 0000 0000 C26(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR20(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

54 0111 1111 C27(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR20(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

55 1111 1111 C27(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR21(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

56 0000 0000 C28(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR21(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

57 0000 0000 C28(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR22(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

58 0000 0000 C29(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR22(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

59 0000 0000 C29(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR23(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

60 0000 0000 C30(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR23(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

61 0000 0000 C30(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR24(15:8) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

62 0000 0000 C31(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-3. Page-4 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC Biquad E or Coefficient FIR24(7:0) for ADC FIR Filter or Coefficient

63 0000 0000 C31(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C32(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C32(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C33(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C33(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C34(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C34(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C35(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C35(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C36(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C36(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C37(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C37(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C38(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C38(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C39(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C39(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C40(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C40(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C41(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C41(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C42(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C42(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C43(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C43(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C44(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C44(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C45(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C45(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C46(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C46(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C47(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C47(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C48(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C48(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C49(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C49(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C50(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C50(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C51(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C51(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C52(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C52(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C53(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C53(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C54(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-3. Page-4 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C54(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C55(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C55(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C56(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C56(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C57(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C57(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C58(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C58(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C59(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C59(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C60(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C60(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C61(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C61(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C62(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C62(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C63(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C63(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

6.6 Control Registers, Page 5: ADC Programmable Coefficients RAM (65:127)

Table 6-4. Page-5 Registers

NUMBER VALUE

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0000 0000 Coefficient C65(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

3 0000 0000 Coefficient C65(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C66(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C66(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C67(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C67(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

8 0000 0000 Coefficient C68(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

9 0000 0000 Coefficient C68(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C69(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C69(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

12 0000 0000 Coefficient C70(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

13 0000 0000 Coefficient C70(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

14 0000 0000 Coefficient C71(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

15 0000 0000 Coefficient C71(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

16 0000 0000 Coefficient C72(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

17 0000 0000 Coefficient C72(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

18 0000 0000 Coefficient C73(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

19 0000 0000 Coefficient C73(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C74(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-4. Page-5 Registers (continued)

NUMBER VALUE

21 0000 0000 Coefficient C74(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

22 0000 0000 Coefficient C75(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

23 0000 0000 Coefficient C75(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

24 0000 0000 Coefficient C76(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

25 0000 0000 Coefficient C76(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C77(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C77(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C78(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C78(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C79(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C79(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C80(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C80(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C81(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C81(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C82(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C82(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C83(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C83(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C84(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C84(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C85(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C85(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C86(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C86(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C87(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C87(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C88(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C88(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C89(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C89(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C90(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C90(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C91(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C91(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C92(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C92(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C93(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C93(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C94(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C94(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C95(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C95(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C96(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C96(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C97(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C97(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-4. Page-5 Registers (continued)

NUMBER VALUE

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C98(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C98(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C99(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C99(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C100(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C100(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C101(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C101(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C102(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C102(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C103(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C103(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C104(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C104(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C105(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C105(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C106(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C106(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C107(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C107(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C108(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C108(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C109(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C109(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C110(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C110(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C111(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C111(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C112(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C112(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C113(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C113(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C114(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C114(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C115(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C115(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C118(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C118(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C119(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C119(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C120(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C120(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C121(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-4. Page-5 Registers (continued)

NUMBER VALUE

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C121(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C122(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C122(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C124(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C124(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C125(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C125(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C126(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C126(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C127(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C127(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

6.7 Control Registers, Page 8: DAC Digital Filter Coefficients

Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Page 8/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The remaining page-8 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the

various filters in the TSC2117. Reserved registers should not be written to.

The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit

coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient

are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32,768 to 32,767. When

programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register should always be written first, immediately

followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both

registers should be written in this sequence. Table 6-5 is a list of the page-8 registers, excepting the

previously described register 0.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 8/Register 1: DAC Coefficient RAM Control

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W 00000 Reserved. Write only the reset value.

D3 R 0 DAC miniDSP generated flag for toggling MSB of coefficient RAM address (only used in non-adaptive

mode)

D2 R/W 0 DAC Adaptive Filtering Control

0: Adaptive filtering disabled in DAC miniDSP

1: Adaptive filtering enabled in DAC miniDSP

D1 R 0 DAC Adaptive Filter Buffer Control Flag

0: In adaptive filter mode, DAC miniDSP accesses DAC coefficient Buffer A and the external control

interface accesses DAC coefficient Buffer B

1: In adaptive filter mode, DAC miniDSP accesses DAC coefficient Buffer B and the external control

interface accesses DAC coefficient Buffer A

D0 R/W 0 DAC Adaptive Filter Buffer Switch Control

0: DAC coefficient buffers will not be switched at the next frame boundary

1: DAC coefficient buffers will be switched at the next frame boundary, if adaptive filtering mode is

enabled. This bit will self-clear on switching.

Table 6-5. Page 8 Registers

NUMBER

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C1(15:8) of DAC

2 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C1(7:0) of DAC

3 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C2(15:8) of DAC

4 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C2(7:0) of DAC

5 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C3(15:8) of DAC

6 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C3(7:0) of DAC

7 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C4(15:8) of DAC

8 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C4(7:0) of DAC

9 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C5(15:8) of DAC

10 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C5(7:0) of DAC

11 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C6(15:8) of DAC

12 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C6(7:0) of DAC

13 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C7(15:8) of DAC

14 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C7(7:0) of DAC

15 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C8(15:8) of DAC

16 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C8(7:0) of DAC

17 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C9(15:8) of DAC

18 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C9(7:0) of DAC

19 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-5. Page 8 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C10(15:8) of DAC

20 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C10(7:0) of DAC

21 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C11(15:8) of DAC

22 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C11(7:0) of DAC

23 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C12(15:8) of DAC

24 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C12(7:0) of DAC

25 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C13(15:8) of DAC

26 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C13(7:0) of DAC

27 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C14(15:8) of DAC

28 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C14(7:0) of DAC

29 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C15(15:8) of DAC

30 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C15(7:0) of DAC

31 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C16(15:8) of DAC

32 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C16(7:0) of DAC

33 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C17(15:8) of DAC

34 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C17(7:0) of DAC

35 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C18(15:8) of DAC

36 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C18(7:0) of DAC

37 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C19(15:8) of DAC

38 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C19(7:0) of DAC

39 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C20(15:8) of DAC

40 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C20(7:0) of DAC

41 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C21(15:8) of DAC

42 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C21(7:0) of DAC

43 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C22(15:8) of DAC

44 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C22(7:0) of DAC

45 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C23(15:8) of DAC

46 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-5. Page 8 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C23(7:0) of DAC

47 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C24(15:8) of DAC

48 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C24(7:0) of DAC

49 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C25(15:8) of DAC

50 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C25(7:0) of DAC

51 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C26(15:8) of DAC

52 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C26(7:0) of DAC

53 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C27(15:8) of DAC

54 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C27(7:0) of DAC

55 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C28(15:8) of DAC

56 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C28(7:0) of DAC

57 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C29(15:8) of DAC

58 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C29(7:0) of DAC

59 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C30(15:8) of DAC

60 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C30(7:0) of DAC

61 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C31(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C31(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Coefficient C32(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)—also used for the 3D PGA for

64 0000 0000 PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25

Coefficient C32(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)—also used for the 3D PGA for

65 0000 0000 PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C33(15:8) of

66 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C33(7:0) of DAC

67 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C34(15:8) of

68 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C34(7:0) of DAC

69 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C35(15:8) of

70 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C35(7:0) of DAC

71 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C36(15:8) of

72 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C36(7:0) of DAC

73 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C37(15:8) of

74 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-5. Page 8 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A or Coefficient C37(7:0) of DAC

75 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C38(15:8) of

76 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C38(7:0) of DAC

77 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C39(15:8) of

78 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C39(7:0) of DAC

79 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C40(15:8) of

80 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C40(7:0) of DAC

81 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C41(15:8) of

82 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C41(7:0) of DAC

83 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C42(15:8) of

84 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B or Coefficient C42(7:0) of DAC

85 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C43(15:8) of

86 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C43(7:0) of DAC

87 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C44(15:8) of

88 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C44(7:0) of DAC

89 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C45(15:8) of

90 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C45(7:0) of DAC

91 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C461(15:8) of

92 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C46(7:0) of DAC

93 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C47(15:8) of

94 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C or Coefficient C47(7:0) of DAC

95 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C48(15:8) of

96 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C48(7:0) of DAC

97 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C49(15:8) of

98 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C49(7:0) of DAC

99 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C50(15:8) of

100 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C50(7:0) of DAC

101 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-5. Page 8 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C51(15:8) of

102 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C51(7:0) of DAC

103 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C52(15:8) of

104 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D or Coefficient C52(7:0) of DAC

105 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C53(15:8) of

106 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C53(7:0) of DAC

107 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C54(15:8) of

108 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C54(7:0) of DAC

109 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C55(15:8) of

110 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C55(7:0) of DAC

111 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C56(15:8) of

112 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C56(7:0) of DAC

113 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C57(15:8) of

114 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E or Coefficient C57(7:0) of DAC

115 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C58(15:8) of

116 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C58(7:0) of DAC

117 1111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C59(15:8) of

118 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C59(7:0) of DAC

119 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C60(15:8) of

120 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C60(7:0) of DAC

121 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C61(15:8) of

122 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C61(7:0) of DAC

123 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C62(15:8) of

124 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F or Coefficient C62(7:0) of DAC

125 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C63(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C63(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

6.8 Control Registers, Page 9: DAC Digital Filter Coefficients

Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.

Page 9/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

The remaining page-9 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the

various filters in the TSC2117. Reserved registers should not be written to.

The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit

coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient

are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32,768 to 32,767. When

programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register should always be written first, immediately

followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both

registers should be written in this sequence. Table 6-6 is a list of the page-9 registers, excepting the

previously described register 0.

Table 6-6. Page 9 Registers

NUMBER

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C65(15:8) of

2 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C65(7:0) of

3 1111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C66(15:8) of

4 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C66(7:0) of

5 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C67(15:8) of

6 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C67(7:0) of

7 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C68(15:8) of

8 0111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C68(7:0) of

9 1111 1111 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C69(15:8) of

10 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C69(7:0) of

11 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C70(15:8) of

12 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR or Coefficient C70(7:0) of

13 0000 0000 DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter or Coefficient C71(15:8) of DAC

14 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter or Coefficient C71(7:0) of DAC

15 1111 0111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter or Coefficient C72(15:8) of DAC

16 1000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-6. Page 9 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter or Coefficient C72(7:0) of DAC

17 0000 1001 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter or Coefficient C73(15:8) of DAC

18 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter or Coefficient C73(7:0) of DAC

19 1110 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter or Coefficient C74(15:8) of DAC

20 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter or Coefficient C74(7:0) of DAC

21 0001 0001 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter or Coefficient C75(15:8) of DAC

22 0000 0000 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter or Coefficient C75(7:0) of DAC

23 0001 0001 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter or Coefficient C76(15:8) of DAC

24 0111 1111 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter or Coefficient C76(7:0) of DAC

25 1101 1110 miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C77(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C77(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C78(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C78(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C79(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C79(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C80(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C80(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C81(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C81(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C82(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C82(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C83(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C83(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C84(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C84(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C85(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C85(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C86(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C86(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C87(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C87(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C88(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C88(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C89(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C89(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C90(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C90(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C91(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C91(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C92(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-6. Page 9 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C92(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C93(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C93(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C94(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C94(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C95(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C95(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C96(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C96(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C97(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C97(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C98(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C98(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C99(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C99(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C100(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C100(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C101(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C101(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C102(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C102(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C103(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C103(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C104(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C104(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C105(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C105(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C106(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C106(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C107(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C107(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C108(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C108(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C109(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C109(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C110(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C110(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C111(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C111(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C112(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C112(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C113(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C113(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C114(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C114(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C11515:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C115(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-6. Page 9 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C116(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C116(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C118(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C118(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C119(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C119(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C120(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C120(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C121(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C121(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C122(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C122(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C124(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C124(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C125(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C125(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C126(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C126(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C127(15:8) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C127(7:0) of DAC miniDSP (DAC Buffer A)

6.9 Control Registers, Page 10: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer A (129:191)

Table 6-7. Page 10 Registers

NUMBER

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0000 0000 Coefficient C129(15:8) of DAC buffer A

3 0000 0000 Coefficient C129(7:0) of DAC buffer A

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C130(15:8) of DAC buffer A

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C130(7:0) of DAC buffer A

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C131(15:8) of DAC buffer A

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C131(7:0) of DAC buffer A

8 0000 0000 Coefficient C132(15:8) of DAC buffer A

9 0000 0000 Coefficient C132(7:0) of DAC buffer A

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C133(15:8) of DAC buffer A

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C133(7:0) of DAC buffer A

12 0000 0000 Coefficient C134(15:8) of DAC buffer A

13 0000 0000 Coefficient C134(7:0) of DAC buffer A

14 0000 0000 Coefficient C135(15:8) of DAC buffer A

15 0000 0000 Coefficient C135(7:0) of DAC buffer A

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-7. Page 10 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

16 0000 0000 Coefficient C136(15:8) of DAC buffer A

17 0000 0000 Coefficient C136(7:0) of DAC buffer A

18 0000 0000 Coefficient C137(15:8) of DAC buffer A

19 0000 0000 Coefficient C137(7:0) of DAC buffer A

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C138(15:8) of DAC buffer A

21 0000 0000 Coefficient C138(7:0) of DAC buffer A

22 0000 0000 Coefficient C139(15:8) of DAC buffer A

23 0000 0000 Coefficient C139(7:0) of DAC buffer A

24 0000 0000 Coefficient C140(15:8) of DAC buffer A

25 0000 0000 Coefficient C140(7:0) of DAC buffer A

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C141(15:8) of DAC buffer A

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C141(7:0) of DAC buffer A

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C142(15:8) of DAC buffer A

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C142(7:0) of DAC buffer A

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C143(15:8) of DAC buffer A

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C143(7:0) of DAC buffer A

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C144(15:8) of DAC buffer A

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C144(7:0) of DAC buffer A

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C145(15:8) of DAC buffer A

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C145(7:0) of DAC buffer A

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C146(15:8) of DAC buffer A

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C146(7:0) of DAC buffer A

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C147(15:8) of DAC buffer A

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C147(7:0) of DAC buffer A

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C148(15:8) of DAC buffer A

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C148(7:0) of DAC buffer A

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C149(15:8) of DAC buffer A

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C149(7:0) of DAC buffer A

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C150(15:8) of DAC buffer A

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C150(7:0) of DAC buffer A

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C151(15:8) of DAC buffer A

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C151(7:0) of DAC buffer A

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C152(15:8) of DAC buffer A

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C152(7:0) of DAC buffer A

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C153(15:8) of DAC buffer A

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C153(7:0) of DAC buffer A

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C154(15:8) of DAC buffer A

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C154(7:0) of DAC buffer A

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C155(15:8) of DAC buffer A

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C155(7:0) of DAC buffer A

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C156(15:8) of DAC buffer A

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C156(7:0) of DAC buffer A

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C157(15:8) of DAC buffer A

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C157(7:0) of DAC buffer A

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C158(15:8) of DAC buffer A

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C158(7:0) of DAC buffer A

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C159(15:8) of DAC buffer A

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-7. Page 10 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C159(7:0) of DAC buffer A

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C160(15:8) of DAC buffer A

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C160(7:0) of DAC buffer A

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C161(15:8) of DAC buffer A

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C161(7:0) of DAC buffer A

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C162(15:8) of DAC buffer A

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C162(7:0) of DAC buffer A

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C163(15:8) of DAC buffer A

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C163(7:0) of DAC buffer A

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C164(15:8) of DAC buffer A

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C164(7:0) of DAC buffer A

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C165(15:8) of DAC buffer A

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C165(7:0) of DAC buffer A

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C166(15:8) of DAC buffer A

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C166(7:0) of DAC buffer A

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C167(15:8) of DAC buffer A

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C167(7:0) of DAC buffer A

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C168(15:8) of DAC buffer A

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C168(7:0) of DAC buffer A

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C169(15:8) of DAC buffer A

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C169(7:0) of DAC buffer A

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C170(15:8) of DAC buffer A

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C170(7:0) of DAC buffer A

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C171(15:8) of DAC buffer A

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C171(7:0) of DAC buffer A

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C172(15:8) of DAC buffer A

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C172(7:0) of DAC buffer A

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C173(15:8) of DAC buffer A

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C173(7:0) of DAC buffer A

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C174(15:8) of DAC buffer A

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C174(7:0) of DAC buffer A

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C175(15:8) of DAC buffer A

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C175(7:0) of DAC buffer A

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C176(15:8) of DAC buffer A

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C176(7:0) of DAC buffer A

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C177(15:8) of DAC buffer A

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C177(7:0) of DAC buffer A

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C178(15:8) of DAC buffer A

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C178(7:0) of DAC buffer A

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C179(15:8) of DAC buffer A

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C179(7:0) of DAC buffer A

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C180(15:8) of DAC buffer A

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C180(7:0) of DAC buffer A

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C181(15:8) of DAC buffer A

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C181(7:0) of DAC buffer A

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C182(15:8) of DAC buffer A

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C182(7:0) of DAC buffer A

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-7. Page 10 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C183(15:8) of DAC buffer A

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C183(7:0) of DAC buffer A

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C184(15:8) of DAC buffer A

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C184(7:0) of DAC buffer A

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C185(15:8) of DAC buffer A

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C185(7:0) of DAC buffer A

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C186(15:8) of DAC buffer A

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C186(7:0) of DAC buffer A

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C187(15:8) of DAC buffer A

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C187(7:0) of DAC buffer A

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C188(15:8) of DAC buffer A

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C188(7:0) of DAC buffer A

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C189(15:8) of DAC buffer A

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C189(7:0) of DAC buffer A

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C190(15:8) of DAC buffer A

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C190(7:0) of DAC buffer A

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C191(15:8) of DAC buffer A

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C191(7:0) of DAC buffer A

6.10 Control Registers, Page 11: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer A (193:255)

Table 6-8. Page 11 Registers

NUMBER

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0000 0000 Coefficient C193(15:8) of DAC buffer A

3 0000 0000 Coefficient C193(7:0) of DAC buffer A

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C194(15:8) of DAC buffer A

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C194(7:0) of DAC buffer A

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C195(15:8) of DAC buffer A

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C195(7:0) of DAC buffer A

8 0000 0000 Coefficient C196(15:8) of DAC buffer A

9 0000 0000 Coefficient C196(7:0) of DAC buffer A

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C197(15:8) of DAC buffer A

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C197(7:0) of DAC buffer A

12 0000 0000 Coefficient C198(15:8) of DAC buffer A

13 0000 0000 Coefficient C198(7:0) of DAC buffer A

14 0000 0000 Coefficient C199(15:8) of DAC buffer A

15 0000 0000 Coefficient C199(7:0) of DAC buffer A

16 0000 0000 Coefficient C200(15:8) of DAC buffer A

17 0000 0000 Coefficient C200(7:0) of DAC buffer A

18 0000 0000 Coefficient C201(15:8) of DAC buffer A

19 0000 0000 Coefficient C201(7:0) of DAC buffer A

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C202(15:8) of DAC buffer A

21 0000 0000 Coefficient C202(7:0) of DAC buffer A

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-8. Page 11 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

22 0000 0000 Coefficient C203(15:8) of DAC buffer A

23 0000 0000 Coefficient C203(7:0) of DAC buffer A

24 0000 0000 Coefficient C204(15:8) of DAC buffer A

25 0000 0000 Coefficient C204(7:0) of DAC buffer A

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C205(15:8) of DAC buffer A

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C205(7:0) of DAC buffer A

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C206(15:8) of DAC buffer A

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C206(7:0) of DAC buffer A

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C207(15:8) of DAC buffer A

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C207(7:0) of DAC buffer A

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C208(15:8) of DAC buffer A

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C208(7:0) of DAC buffer A

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C209(15:8) of DAC buffer A

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C209(7:0) of DAC buffer A

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C210(15:8) of DAC buffer A

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C210(7:0) of DAC buffer A

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C211(15:8) of DAC buffer A

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C211(7:0) of DAC buffer A

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C212(15:8) of DAC buffer A

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C212(7:0) of DAC buffer A

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C213(15:8) of DAC buffer A

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C213(7:0) of DAC buffer A

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C214(15:8) of DAC buffer A

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C214(7:0) of DAC buffer A

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C215(15:8) of DAC buffer A

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C215(7:0) of DAC buffer A

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C216(15:8) of DAC buffer A

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C216(7:0) of DAC buffer A

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C217(15:8) of DAC buffer A

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C217(7:0) of DAC buffer A

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C218(15:8) of DAC buffer A

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C218(7:0) of DAC buffer A

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C219(15:8) of DAC buffer A

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C219(7:0) of DAC buffer A

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C220(15:8) of DAC buffer A

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C220(7:0) of DAC buffer A

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C221(15:8) of DAC buffer A

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C221(7:0) of DAC buffer A

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C222(15:8) of DAC buffer A

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C222(7:0) of DAC buffer A

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C223(15:8) of DAC buffer A

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C223(7:0) of DAC buffer A

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C224(15:8) of DAC buffer A

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C224(7:0) of DAC buffer A

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C225(15:8) of DAC buffer A

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C225(7:0) of DAC buffer A

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C226(15:8) of DAC buffer A

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-8. Page 11 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C226(7:0) of DAC buffer A

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C227(15:8) of DAC buffer A

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C227(7:0) of DAC buffer A

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C228(15:8) of DAC buffer A

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C228(7:0) of DAC buffer A

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C229(15:8) of DAC buffer A

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C229(7:0) of DAC buffer A

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C230(15:8) of DAC buffer A

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C230(7:0) of DAC buffer A

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C231(15:8) of DAC buffer A

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C231(7:0) of DAC buffer A

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C232(15:8) of DAC buffer A

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C232(7:0) of DAC buffer A

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C233(15:8) of DAC buffer A

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C233(7:0) of DAC buffer A

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C234(15:8) of DAC buffer A

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C234(7:0) of DAC buffer A

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C235(15:8) of DAC buffer A

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C235(7:0) of DAC buffer A

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C236(15:8) of DAC buffer A

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C236(7:0) of DAC buffer A

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C237(15:8) of DAC buffer A

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C237(7:0) of DAC buffer A

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C238(15:8) of DAC buffer A

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C238(7:0) of DAC buffer A

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C239(15:8) of DAC buffer A

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C239(7:0) of DAC buffer A

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C240(15:8) of DAC buffer A

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C240(7:0) of DAC buffer A

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C241(15:8) of DAC buffer A

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C241(7:0) of DAC buffer A

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C242(15:8) of DAC buffer A

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C242(7:0) of DAC buffer A

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C243(15:8) of DAC buffer A

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C243(7:0) of DAC buffer A

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C244(15:8) of DAC buffer A

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C244(7:0) of DAC buffer A

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C245(15:8) of DAC buffer A

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C245(7:0) of DAC buffer A

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C246(15:8) of DAC buffer A

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C246(7:0) of DAC buffer A

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C247(15:8) of DAC buffer A

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C247(7:0) of DAC buffer A

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C248(15:8) of DAC buffer A

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C248(7:0) of DAC buffer A

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C249(15:8) of DAC buffer A

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C249(7:0) of DAC buffer A

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-8. Page 11 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C250(15:8) of DAC buffer A

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C250(7:0) of DAC buffer A

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C251(15:8) of DAC buffer A

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C251(7:0) of DAC buffer A

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C252(15:8) of DAC buffer A

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C252(7:0) of DAC buffer A

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C253(15:8) of DAC buffer A

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C253(7:0) of DAC buffer A

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C254(15:8) of DAC buffer A

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C254(7:0) of DAC buffer A

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C255(15:8) of DAC buffer A

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C255(7:0) of DAC buffer A

6.11 Control Registers, Page 12: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer B (1:63)

Table 6-9. Page 12 Registers

NUMBER

1 0000 0000 Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0111 1111 Coefficient C1(15:8) of DAC buffer B

3 1111 1111 Coefficient C1(7:0) of DAC buffer B

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C2(15:8) of DAC buffer B

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C2(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C3(15:8) of DAC buffer B

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C3(7:0) of DAC buffer B

8 0000 0000 Coefficient C4(15:8) of DAC buffer B

9 0000 0000 Coefficient C4(7:0) of DAC buffer B

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C5(15:8) of DAC buffer B

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C5(7:0) of DAC buffer B

12 0111 1111 Coefficient C6(15:8) of DAC buffer B

13 1111 1111 Coefficient C6(7:0) of DAC buffer B

14 0000 0000 Coefficient C7(15:8) of DAC buffer B

15 0000 0000 Coefficient C7(7:0) of DAC buffer B

16 0000 0000 Coefficient C8(15:8) of DAC buffer B

17 0000 0000 Coefficient C8(7:0) of DAC buffer B

18 0000 0000 Coefficient C9(15:8) of DAC buffer B

19 0000 0000 Coefficient C9(7:0) of DAC buffer B

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C10(15:8) of DAC buffer B

21 0000 0000 Coefficient C10(7:0) of DAC buffer B

22 0111 1111 Coefficient C11(15:8) of DAC buffer B

23 1111 1111 Coefficient C11(7:0) of DAC buffer B

24 0000 0000 Coefficient C12(15:8) of DAC buffer B

25 0000 0000 Coefficient C12(7:0) of DAC buffer B

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C13(15:8) of DAC buffer B

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C13(7:0) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-9. Page 12 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C14(15:8) of DAC buffer B

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C14(7:0) of DAC buffer B

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C15(15:8) of DAC buffer B

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C15(7:0) of DAC buffer B

32 0111 1111 Coefficient C16(15:8) of DAC buffer B

33 1111 1111 Coefficient C16(7:0) of DAC buffer B

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C17(15:8) of DAC buffer B

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C17(7:0) of DAC buffer B

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C18(15:8) of DAC buffer B

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C18(7:0) of DAC buffer B

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C19(15:8) of DAC buffer B

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C19(7:0) of DAC buffer B

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C20(15:8) of DAC buffer B

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C20(7:0) of DAC buffer B

42 0111 1111 Coefficient C21(15:8) of DAC buffer B

43 1111 1111 Coefficient C21(7:0) of DAC buffer B

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C22(15:8) of DAC buffer B

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C22(7:0) of DAC buffer B

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C23(15:8) of DAC buffer B

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C23(7:0) of DAC buffer B

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C24(15:8) of DAC buffer B

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C24(7:0) of DAC buffer B

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C25(15:8) of DAC buffer B

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C25(7:0) of DAC buffer B

52 0111 1111 Coefficient C26(15:8) of DAC buffer B

53 1111 1111 Coefficient C26(7:0) of DAC buffer B

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C27(15:8) of DAC buffer B

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C27(7:0) of DAC buffer B

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C28(15:8) of DAC buffer B

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C28(7:0) of DAC buffer B

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C29(15:8) of DAC buffer B

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C29(7:0) of DAC buffer B

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C30(15:8) of DAC buffer B

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C30(7:0) of DAC buffer B

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C31(15:8) of DAC buffer B

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C31(7:0) of DAC buffer B

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C32(15:8) of DAC buffer B

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C32(7:0) of DAC buffer B

66 0111 1111 Coefficient C33(15:8) of DAC buffer B

67 1111 1111 Coefficient C33(7:0) of DAC buffer B

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C34(15:8) of DAC buffer B

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C34(7:0) of DAC buffer B

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C35(15:8) of DAC buffer B

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C35(7:0) of DAC buffer B

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C36(15:8) of DAC buffer B

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C36(7:0) of DAC buffer B

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C37(15:8) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-9. Page 12 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C37(7:0) of DAC buffer B

76 0111 1111 Coefficient C38(15:8) of DAC buffer B

77 1111 1111 Coefficient C38(7:0) of DAC buffer B

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C39(15:8) of DAC buffer B

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C39(7:0) of DAC buffer B

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C40(15:8) of DAC buffer B

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C40(7:0) of DAC buffer B

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C41(15:8) of DAC buffer B

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C41(7:0) of DAC buffer B

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C42(15:8) of DAC buffer B

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C42(7:0) of DAC buffer B

86 0111 1111 Coefficient C43(15:8) of DAC buffer B

87 1111 1111 Coefficient C43(7:0) of DAC buffer B

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C44(15:8) of DAC buffer B

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C44(7:0) of DAC buffer B

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C45(15:8) of DAC buffer B

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C45(7:0) of DAC buffer B

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C46(15:8) of DAC buffer B

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C46(7:0) of DAC buffer B

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C47(15:8) of DAC buffer B

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C47(7:0) of DAC buffer B

96 0111 1111 Coefficient C48(15:8) of DAC buffer B

97 1111 1111 Coefficient C48(7:0) of DAC buffer B

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C49(15:8) of DAC buffer B

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C49(7:0) of DAC buffer B

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C50(15:8) of DAC buffer B

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C50(7:0) of DAC buffer B

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C51(15:8) of DAC buffer B

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C51(7:0) of DAC buffer B

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C52(15:8) of DAC buffer B

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C52(7:0) of DAC buffer B

106 0111 1111 Coefficient C53(15:8) of DAC buffer B

107 1111 1111 Coefficient C53(7:0) of DAC buffer B

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C54(15:8) of DAC buffer B

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C54(7:0) of DAC buffer B

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C55(15:8) of DAC buffer B

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C55(7:0) of DAC buffer B

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C56(15:8) of DAC buffer B

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C56(7:0) of DAC buffer B

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C57(15:8) of DAC buffer B

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C57(7:0) of DAC buffer B

116 0111 1111 Coefficient C58(15:8) of DAC buffer B

117 1111 1111 Coefficient C58(7:0) of DAC buffer B

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C59(15:8) of DAC buffer B

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C59(7:0) of DAC buffer B

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C60(15:8) of DAC buffer B

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C60(7:0) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-9. Page 12 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C61(15:8) of DAC buffer B

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C61(7:0) of DAC buffer B

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C62(15:8) of DAC buffer B

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C62(7:0) of DAC buffer B

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C63(15:8) of DAC buffer B

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C63(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6.12 Control Registers, Page 13: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer B (65:127)

Table 6-10. Page 13 Registers

NUMBER

1 0000 0000 Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0111 1111 Coefficient C65(15:8) of DAC buffer B

3 1111 1111 Coefficient C65(7:0) of DAC buffer B

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C66(15:8) of DAC buffer B

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C66(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C67(15:8) of DAC buffer B

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C67(7:0) of DAC buffer B

8 0111 1111 Coefficient C68(15:8) of DAC buffer B

9 1111 1111 Coefficient C68(7:0) of DAC buffer B

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C69(15:8) of DAC buffer B

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C69(7:0) of DAC buffer B

12 0000 0000 Coefficient C70(15:8) of DAC buffer B

13 0000 0000 Coefficient C70(7:0) of DAC buffer B

14 0111 1111 Coefficient C71(15:8) of DAC buffer B

15 1111 0111 Coefficient C71(7:0) of DAC buffer B

16 1000 0000 Coefficient C72(15:8) of DAC buffer B

17 0000 1001 Coefficient C72(7:0) of DAC buffer B

18 0111 1111 Coefficient C73(15:8) of DAC buffer B

19 1110 1111 Coefficient C73(7:0) of DAC buffer B

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C74(15:8) of DAC buffer B

21 0001 0001 Coefficient C74(7:0) of DAC buffer B

22 0000 0000 Coefficient C75(15:8) of DAC buffer B

23 0001 0001 Coefficient C75(7:0) of DAC buffer B

24 0111 1111 Coefficient C76(15:8) of DAC buffer B

25 1101 1110 Coefficient C76(7:0) of DAC buffer B

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C77(15:8) of DAC buffer B

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C77(7:0) of DAC buffer B

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C78(15:8) of DAC buffer B

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C78(7:0) of DAC buffer B

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C79(15:8) of DAC buffer B

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C79(7:0) of DAC buffer B

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C80(15:8) of DAC buffer B

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C80(7:0) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-10. Page 13 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C81(15:8) of DAC buffer B

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C81(7:0) of DAC buffer B

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C82(15:8) of DAC buffer B

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C82(7:0) of DAC buffer B

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C83(15:8) of DAC buffer B

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C83(7:0) of DAC buffer B

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C84(15:8) of DAC buffer B

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C84(7:0) of DAC buffer B

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C85(15:8) of DAC buffer B

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C85(7:0) of DAC buffer B

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C86(15:8) of DAC buffer B

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C86(7:0) of DAC buffer B

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C87(15:8) of DAC buffer B

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C87(7:0) of DAC buffer B

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C88(15:8) of DAC buffer B

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C88(7:0) of DAC buffer B

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C89(15:8) of DAC buffer B

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C89(7:0) of DAC buffer B

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C90(15:8) of DAC buffer B

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C90(7:0) of DAC buffer B

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C91(15:8) of DAC buffer B

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C91(7:0) of DAC buffer B

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C92(15:8) of DAC buffer B

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C92(7:0) of DAC buffer B

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C93(15:8) of DAC buffer B

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C93(7:0) of DAC buffer B

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C94(15:8) of DAC buffer B

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C94(7:0) of DAC buffer B

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C95(15:8) of DAC buffer B

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C95(7:0) of DAC buffer B

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C96(15:8) of DAC buffer B

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C96(7:0) of DAC buffer B

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C97(15:8) of DAC buffer B

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C97(7:0) of DAC buffer B

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C98(15:8) of DAC buffer B

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C98(7:0) of DAC buffer B

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C99(15:8) of DAC buffer B

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C99(7:0) of DAC buffer B

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C100(15:8) of DAC buffer B

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C100(7:0) of DAC buffer B

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C101(15:8) of DAC buffer B

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C101(7:0) of DAC buffer B

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C102(15:8) of DAC buffer B

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C102(7:0) of DAC buffer B

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C103(15:8) of DAC buffer B

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C103(7:0) of DAC buffer B

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C104(15:8) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-10. Page 13 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C104(7:0) of DAC buffer B

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C105(15:8) of DAC buffer B

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C105(7:0) of DAC buffer B

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C106(15:8) of DAC buffer B

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C106(7:0) of DAC buffer B

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C107(15:8) of DAC buffer B

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C107(7:0) of DAC buffer B

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C108(15:8) of DAC buffer B

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C108(7:0) of DAC buffer B

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C109(15:8) of DAC buffer B

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C109(7:0) of DAC buffer B

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C110(15:8) of DAC buffer B

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C110(7:0) of DAC buffer B

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C111(15:8) of DAC buffer B

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C111(7:0) of DAC buffer B

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C112(15:8) of DAC buffer B

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C112(7:0) of DAC buffer B

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C113(15:8) of DAC buffer B

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C113(7:0) of DAC buffer B

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C114(15:8) of DAC buffer B

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C114(7:0) of DAC buffer B

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C115(15:8) of DAC buffer B

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C116(7:0) of DAC buffer B

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(15:8) of DAC buffer B

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C117(7:0) of DAC buffer B

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C118(15:8) of DAC buffer B

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C118(7:0) of DAC buffer B

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C119(15:8) of DAC buffer B

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C119(7:0) of DAC buffer B

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C120(15:8) of DAC buffer B

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C120(7:0) of DAC buffer B

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C121(15:8) of DAC buffer B

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C121(7:0) of DAC buffer B

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C122(15:8) of DAC buffer B

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C122(7:0) of DAC buffer B

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(15:8) of DAC buffer B

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(7:0) of DAC buffer B

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(15:8) of DAC buffer B

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C123(7:0) of DAC buffer B

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C124(15:8) of DAC buffer B

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C124(7:0) of DAC buffer B

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C125(15:8) of DAC buffer B

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C125(7:0) of DAC buffer B

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C126(15:8) of DAC buffer B

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C126(7:0) of DAC buffer B

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C127(15:8) of DAC buffer B

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C127(7:0) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

6.13 Control Registers, Page 14: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer A (129:191)

Table 6-11. Page 14 Registers

NUMBER

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0000 0000 Coefficient C129(15:8) of DAC buffer B

3 0000 0000 Coefficient C129(7:0) of DAC buffer B

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C130(15:8) of DAC buffer B

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C130(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C131(15:8) of DAC buffer B

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C131(7:0) of DAC buffer B

8 0000 0000 Coefficient C132(15:8) of DAC buffer B

9 0000 0000 Coefficient C132(7:0) of DAC buffer B

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C133(15:8) of DAC buffer B

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C133(7:0) of DAC buffer B

12 0000 0000 Coefficient C134(15:8) of DAC buffer B

13 0000 0000 Coefficient C134(7:0) of DAC buffer B

14 0000 0000 Coefficient C135(15:8) of DAC buffer B

15 0000 0000 Coefficient C135(7:0) of DAC buffer B

16 0000 0000 Coefficient C136(15:8) of DAC buffer B

17 0000 0000 Coefficient C136(7:0) of DAC buffer B

18 0000 0000 Coefficient C137(15:8) of DAC buffer B

19 0000 0000 Coefficient C137(7:0) of DAC buffer B

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C138(15:8) of DAC buffer B

21 0000 0000 Coefficient C138(7:0) of DAC buffer B

22 0000 0000 Coefficient C139(15:8) of DAC buffer B

23 0000 0000 Coefficient C139(7:0) of DAC buffer B

24 0000 0000 Coefficient C140(15:8) of DAC buffer B

25 0000 0000 Coefficient C140(7:0) of DAC buffer B

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C141(15:8) of DAC buffer B

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C141(7:0) of DAC buffer B

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C142(15:8) of DAC buffer B

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C142(7:0) of DAC buffer B

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C143(15:8) of DAC buffer B

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C143(7:0) of DAC buffer B

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C144(15:8) of DAC buffer B

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C144(7:0) of DAC buffer B

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C145(15:8) of DAC buffer B

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C145(7:0) of DAC buffer B

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C146(15:8) of DAC buffer B

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C146(7:0) of DAC buffer B

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C147(15:8) of DAC buffer B

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C147(7:0) of DAC buffer B

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C148(15:8) of DAC buffer B

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C148(7:0) of DAC buffer B

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C149(15:8) of DAC buffer B

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C149(7:0) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-11. Page 14 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C150(15:8) of DAC buffer B

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C150(7:0) of DAC buffer B

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C151(15:8) of DAC buffer B

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C151(7:0) of DAC buffer B

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C152(15:8) of DAC buffer B

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C152(7:0) of DAC buffer B

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C153(15:8) of DAC buffer B

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C153(7:0) of DAC buffer B

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C154(15:8) of DAC buffer B

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C154(7:0) of DAC buffer B

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C155(15:8) of DAC buffer B

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C155(7:0) of DAC buffer B

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C156(15:8) of DAC buffer B

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C156(7:0) of DAC buffer B

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C157(15:8) of DAC buffer B

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C157(7:0) of DAC buffer B

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C158(15:8) of DAC buffer B

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C158(7:0) of DAC buffer B

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C159(15:8) of DAC buffer B

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C159(7:0) of DAC buffer B

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C160(15:8) of DAC buffer B

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C160(7:0) of DAC buffer B

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C161(15:8) of DAC buffer B

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C161(7:0) of DAC buffer B

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C162(15:8) of DAC buffer B

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C162(7:0) of DAC buffer B

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C163(15:8) of DAC buffer B

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C163(7:0) of DAC buffer B

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C164(15:8) of DAC buffer B

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C164(7:0) of DAC buffer B

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C165(15:8) of DAC buffer B

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C165(7:0) of DAC buffer B

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C166(15:8) of DAC buffer B

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C166(7:0) of DAC buffer B

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C167(15:8) of DAC buffer B

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C167(7:0) of DAC buffer B

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C168(15:8) of DAC buffer B

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C168(7:0) of DAC buffer B

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C169(15:8) of DAC buffer B

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C169(7:0) of DAC buffer B

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C170(15:8) of DAC buffer B

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C170(7:0) of DAC buffer B

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C171(15:8) of DAC buffer B

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C171(7:0) of DAC buffer B

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C172(15:8) of DAC buffer B

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C172(7:0) of DAC buffer B

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C173(15:8) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-11. Page 14 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C173(7:0) of DAC buffer B

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C174(15:8) of DAC buffer B

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C174(7:0) of DAC buffer B

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C175(15:8) of DAC buffer B

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C175(7:0) of DAC buffer B

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C176(15:8) of DAC buffer B

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C176(7:0) of DAC buffer B

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C177(15:8) of DAC buffer B

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C177(7:0) of DAC buffer B

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C178(15:8) of DAC buffer B

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C178(7:0) of DAC buffer B

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C179(15:8) of DAC buffer B

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C179(7:0) of DAC buffer B

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C180(15:8) of DAC buffer B

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C180(7:0) of DAC buffer B

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C181(15:8) of DAC buffer B

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C181(7:0) of DAC buffer B

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C182(15:8) of DAC buffer B

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C182(7:0) of DAC buffer B

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C183(15:8) of DAC buffer B

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C183(7:0) of DAC buffer B

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C184(15:8) of DAC buffer B

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C184(7:0) of DAC buffer B

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C185(15:8) of DAC buffer B

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C185(7:0) of DAC buffer B

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C186(15:8) of DAC buffer B

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C186(7:0) of DAC buffer B

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C187(15:8) of DAC buffer B

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C187(7:0) of DAC buffer B

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C188(15:8) of DAC buffer B

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C188(7:0) of DAC buffer B

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C189(15:8) of DAC buffer B

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C189(7:0) of DAC buffer B

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C190(15:8) of DAC buffer B

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C190(7:0) of DAC buffer B

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C191(15:8) of DAC buffer B

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C191(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6.14 Control Registers, Page 15: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer B (193:255)

Table 6-12. Page 15 Registers

NUMBER

1 XXXX XXXX Reserved. Do not write to this register.

2 0000 0000 Coefficient C193(15:8) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-12. Page 15 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

3 0000 0000 Coefficient C193(7:0) of DAC buffer B

4 0000 0000 Coefficient C194(15:8) of DAC buffer B

5 0000 0000 Coefficient C194(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6 0000 0000 Coefficient C195(15:8) of DAC buffer B

7 0000 0000 Coefficient C195(7:0) of DAC buffer B

8 0000 0000 Coefficient C196(15:8) of DAC buffer B

9 0000 0000 Coefficient C196(7:0) of DAC buffer B

10 0000 0000 Coefficient C197(15:8) of DAC buffer B

11 0000 0000 Coefficient C197(7:0) of DAC buffer B

12 0000 0000 Coefficient C198(15:8) of DAC buffer B

13 0000 0000 Coefficient C198(7:0) of DAC buffer B

14 0000 0000 Coefficient C199(15:8) of DAC buffer B

15 0000 0000 Coefficient C199(7:0) of DAC buffer B

16 0000 0000 Coefficient C200(15:8) of DAC buffer B

17 0000 0000 Coefficient C200(7:0) of DAC buffer B

18 0000 0000 Coefficient C201(15:8) of DAC buffer B

19 0000 0000 Coefficient C201(7:0) of DAC buffer B

20 0000 0000 Coefficient C202(15:8) of DAC buffer B

21 0000 0000 Coefficient C202(7:0) of DAC buffer B

22 0000 0000 Coefficient C203(15:8) of DAC buffer B

23 0000 0000 Coefficient C203(7:0) of DAC buffer B

24 0000 0000 Coefficient C204(15:8) of DAC buffer B

25 0000 0000 Coefficient C204(7:0) of DAC buffer B

26 0000 0000 Coefficient C205(15:8) of DAC buffer B

27 0000 0000 Coefficient C205(7:0) of DAC buffer B

28 0000 0000 Coefficient C206(15:8) of DAC buffer B

29 0000 0000 Coefficient C206(7:0) of DAC buffer B

30 0000 0000 Coefficient C207(15:8) of DAC buffer B

31 0000 0000 Coefficient C207(7:0) of DAC buffer B

32 0000 0000 Coefficient C208(15:8) of DAC buffer B

33 0000 0000 Coefficient C208(7:0) of DAC buffer B

34 0000 0000 Coefficient C209(15:8) of DAC buffer B

35 0000 0000 Coefficient C209(7:0) of DAC buffer B

36 0000 0000 Coefficient C210(15:8) of DAC buffer B

37 0000 0000 Coefficient C210(7:0) of DAC buffer B

38 0000 0000 Coefficient C211(15:8) of DAC buffer B

39 0000 0000 Coefficient C211(7:0) of DAC buffer B

40 0000 0000 Coefficient C212(15:8) of DAC buffer B

41 0000 0000 Coefficient C212(7:0) of DAC buffer B

42 0000 0000 Coefficient C213(15:8) of DAC buffer B

43 0000 0000 Coefficient C213(7:0) of DAC buffer B

44 0000 0000 Coefficient C214(15:8) of DAC buffer B

45 0000 0000 Coefficient C214(7:0) of DAC buffer B

46 0000 0000 Coefficient C215(15:8) of DAC buffer B

47 0000 0000 Coefficient C215(7:0) of DAC buffer B

48 0000 0000 Coefficient C216(15:8) of DAC buffer B

49 0000 0000 Coefficient C216(7:0) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Table 6-12. Page 15 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

50 0000 0000 Coefficient C217(15:8) of DAC buffer B

51 0000 0000 Coefficient C217(7:0) of DAC buffer B

52 0000 0000 Coefficient C218(15:8) of DAC buffer B

53 0000 0000 Coefficient C218(7:0) of DAC buffer B

54 0000 0000 Coefficient C219(15:8) of DAC buffer B

55 0000 0000 Coefficient C219(7:0) of DAC buffer B

56 0000 0000 Coefficient C220(15:8) of DAC buffer B

57 0000 0000 Coefficient C220(7:0) of DAC buffer B

58 0000 0000 Coefficient C221(15:8) of DAC buffer B

59 0000 0000 Coefficient C221(7:0) of DAC buffer B

60 0000 0000 Coefficient C222(15:8) of DAC buffer B

61 0000 0000 Coefficient C222(7:0) of DAC buffer B

62 0000 0000 Coefficient C223(15:8) of DAC buffer B

63 0000 0000 Coefficient C223(7:0) of DAC buffer B

64 0000 0000 Coefficient C224(15:8) of DAC buffer B

65 0000 0000 Coefficient C224(7:0) of DAC buffer B

66 0000 0000 Coefficient C225(15:8) of DAC buffer B

67 0000 0000 Coefficient C225(7:0) of DAC buffer B

68 0000 0000 Coefficient C226(15:8) of DAC buffer B

69 0000 0000 Coefficient C226(7:0) of DAC buffer B

70 0000 0000 Coefficient C227(15:8) of DAC buffer B

71 0000 0000 Coefficient C227(7:0) of DAC buffer B

72 0000 0000 Coefficient C228(15:8) of DAC buffer B

73 0000 0000 Coefficient C228(7:0) of DAC buffer B

74 0000 0000 Coefficient C229(15:8) of DAC buffer B

75 0000 0000 Coefficient C229(7:0) of DAC buffer B

76 0000 0000 Coefficient C230(15:8) of DAC buffer B

77 0000 0000 Coefficient C230(7:0) of DAC buffer B

78 0000 0000 Coefficient C231(15:8) of DAC buffer B

79 0000 0000 Coefficient C231(7:0) of DAC buffer B

80 0000 0000 Coefficient C232(15:8) of DAC buffer B

81 0000 0000 Coefficient C232(7:0) of DAC buffer B

82 0000 0000 Coefficient C233(15:8) of DAC buffer B

83 0000 0000 Coefficient C233(7:0) of DAC buffer B

84 0000 0000 Coefficient C234(15:8) of DAC buffer B

85 0000 0000 Coefficient C234(7:0) of DAC buffer B

86 0000 0000 Coefficient C235(15:8) of DAC buffer B

87 0000 0000 Coefficient C235(7:0) of DAC buffer B

88 0000 0000 Coefficient C236(15:8) of DAC buffer B

89 0000 0000 Coefficient C236(7:0) of DAC buffer B

90 0000 0000 Coefficient C237(15:8) of DAC buffer B

91 0000 0000 Coefficient C237(7:0) of DAC buffer B

92 0000 0000 Coefficient C238(15:8) of DAC buffer B

93 0000 0000 Coefficient C238(7:0) of DAC buffer B

94 0000 0000 Coefficient C239(15:8) of DAC buffer B

95 0000 0000 Coefficient C239(7:0) of DAC buffer B

96 0000 0000 Coefficient C240(15:8) of DAC buffer B

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Table 6-12. Page 15 Registers (continued)

NUMBER

97 0000 0000 Coefficient C240(7:0) of DAC buffer B

98 0000 0000 Coefficient C241(15:8) of DAC buffer B

99 0000 0000 Coefficient C241(7:0) of DAC buffer B

100 0000 0000 Coefficient C242(15:8) of DAC buffer B

101 0000 0000 Coefficient C242(7:0) of DAC buffer B

102 0000 0000 Coefficient C243(15:8) of DAC buffer B

103 0000 0000 Coefficient C243(7:0) of DAC buffer B

104 0000 0000 Coefficient C244(15:8) of DAC buffer B

105 0000 0000 Coefficient C244(7:0) of DAC buffer B

106 0000 0000 Coefficient C245(15:8) of DAC buffer B

107 0000 0000 Coefficient C245(7:0) of DAC buffer B

108 0000 0000 Coefficient C246(15:8) of DAC buffer B

109 0000 0000 Coefficient C246(7:0) of DAC buffer B

110 0000 0000 Coefficient C247(15:8) of DAC buffer B

111 0000 0000 Coefficient C247(7:0) of DAC buffer B

112 0000 0000 Coefficient C248(15:8) of DAC buffer B

113 0000 0000 Coefficient C248(7:0) of DAC buffer B

114 0000 0000 Coefficient C249(15:8) of DAC buffer B

115 0000 0000 Coefficient C249(7:0) of DAC buffer B

116 0000 0000 Coefficient C250(15:8) of DAC buffer B

117 0000 0000 Coefficient C250(7:0) of DAC buffer B

118 0000 0000 Coefficient C251(15:8) of DAC buffer B

119 0000 0000 Coefficient C251(7:0) of DAC buffer B

120 0000 0000 Coefficient C252(15:8) of DAC buffer B

121 0000 0000 Coefficient C252(7:0) of DAC buffer B

122 0000 0000 Coefficient C253(15:8) of DAC buffer B

123 0000 0000 Coefficient C253(7:0) of DAC buffer B

124 0000 0000 Coefficient C254(15:8) of DAC buffer B

125 0000 0000 Coefficient C254(7:0) of DAC buffer B

126 0000 0000 Coefficient C255(15:8) of DAC buffer B

127 0000 0000 Coefficient C255(7:0) of DAC buffer B

6.15 Control Registers, Page 32: ADC DSP Engine Instruction RAM (0:31)

Page 32/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Page 32/Register 1: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the default value to this register

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Page 32/Register 2: Inst_0(19:16)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D4 R/W XXXX Reserved

D3–D0 R/W XXXX Instruction Inst_0(19:16) of ADC miniDSP

Page 32/Register 3: Inst_0(15:8)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Instruction Inst_0(15:8) of ADC miniDSP

Page 32/Register 4: Inst_0(7:0)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Instruction Inst_0(7:0) of ADC miniDSP

6.15.1 Page 32/Registers 5–97

The remaining unreserved registers on page 32 are arranged in groups of three, with each group

containing the bits of one instruction. The arrangement is the same as that of registers 2–4 for Instruction

0. Registers 5–7, 8–10, 11–13, ..., 95–97 contain instructions 1, 2, 3, ..., 31, respectively.

Page 32/Registers 98–127: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the default value to this register

6.16 Control Registers, Pages 33–43: ADC DSP Engine Instruction RAM (32:63) Through

(352:383)

The structuring of the registers within pages 33–43 is identical to that of page 32. Only the instruction

numbers differ. The range of instructions within each page is listed in the following table.

Page Instructions

33 32 to 63

34 64 to 95

35 96 to 127

36 128 to 159

37 160 to 191

38 192 to 223

39 224 to 255

40 256 to 287

41 288 to 319

42 320 to 351

43 352 to 383

6.17 Control Registers, Page 64: DAC DSP Engine Instruction RAM (0:31)

Page 64/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 64/Register 1: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the default value to this register

Page 64/Register 2: Inst_0(23:16)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX Instruction Inst_0(23:16) of DAC miniDSP

Page 64/Register 3: Inst_0(15:8)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Instruction Inst_0(15:8) of DAC miniDSP

Page 64/Register 4: Inst_0(7:0)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Instruction Inst_0(7:0) of DAC miniDSP

6.17.1 Page 64/Registers 5–97

The remaining unreserved registers on page 32 are arranged in groups of three, with each group

containing the bits of one instruction. The arrangement is the same as that of registers 2–4 for Instruction

0. Registers 5–7, 8–10, 11–13, ..., 95–97 contain instructions 1, 2, 3, ..., 31, respectively.

Page 64/Registers 98–127: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the default value to this register

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

6.18 Control Registers, Pages 65–95: DAC DSP Engine Instruction RAM (32:63) Through

(992:1023)

The structuring of the registers within pages 65–95 is identical to that of page 64. Only the instruction

numbers differ. The range of instructions within each page is listed in the following table.

Page Instructions

65 32 to 63

66 64 to 95

67 96 to 127

68 128 to 159

69 160 to 191

70 192 to 223

71 224 to 255

72 256 to 287

73 288 to 319

74 320 to 351

75 352 to 383

76 384 to 415

77 416 to 447

78 448 to 479

79 480 to 511

80 512 to 543

81 544 to 575

82 576 to 607

83 608 to 639

84 640 to 671

85 672 to 703

86 704 to 735

87 736 to 767

88 768 to 799

89 800 to 831

90 832 to 863

91 864 to 895

92 896 to 927

93 928 to 959

94 960 to 991

95 992 to 1023

6.19 Control Registers, Page 252: SAR Buffer-Mode Data

Page 252/Register 0: Page Control Register

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W 0000 0000 0000 0000: Page 0 selected

0000 0001: Page 1 selected

...

1111 1110: Page 254 selected

1111 1111: Page 255 selected

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

www.ti.com

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

Page 252/Register 1: Buffer Mode Data (MSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R XXXX XXXX Reading this register returns the 8 MSBs of the buffer data based on the RDPTR.

Page 252/Register 2: Buffer Mode Data (LSB)

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R XXXX XXXX Reading this register returns the 8 LSBs of the buffer data based on the RDPTR.

Page 252/Registers 3 to 127: Reserved

READ/ RESET

BIT DESCRIPTION

WRITE VALUE

D7–D0 R/W XXXX XXXX Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

TSC2117

SLAS550B –APRIL 2009–REVISED JUNE 2012

www.ti.com

Revision History

NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.

Changes from Revision Original (April 2009) to Revision A Page

• Changed 1-W to 1.29-W in Features list ....................................................................................... 1

Changes from Revision A (June 2009) to Revision B Page

• Added SAR ADC to last para in Description .................................................................................. 2

• Added Table 5-15 ................................................................................................................. 29

• Deleted Analog Volume Control for Headphone and Speaker Outputs (for D7 = 0) table ......................... 63

• Changed footnote in D7=1 table; added D6–D0 to the Register Value columns, and changed Analog

Attenuation to Analog Gain. .................................................................................................... 63

• Changed page 0/register 44, bits D2–D1 to page 1/register 44, bits D2–D1 in second para in Headphone

Drivers section .................................................................................................................... 64

• Changed Figure 5-58 ............................................................................................................. 87

• Added Timer section ............................................................................................................. 91

• Added footnote to Page 0/Register 64: DAC VOLUME CONTROL .................................................... 120

• Changed Page 0/Register 83: ADC Digital Volume Control Coarse Adjust ......................................... 124

• Changed Page 1/Register 33: HP Output Drivers POP Removal Settings Bit D0 = 1 to Reserved ............. 130

• Added footnote to Page 1/Register 40: HPL Driver ...................................................................... 132

• Added footnote to Page 1/Register 41: HPR Driver ...................................................................... 132

• Deleted footnote from Page 1/Register 48: Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Fine-Gain Input Selection for

P-Terminal ......................................................................................................................... 134

• Deleted footnote from Page 1/Register 49: ADC Input Selection for M-Terminal .................................. 134

Submit Documentation Feedback

Product Folder Link(s): TSC2117

PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 31-May-2012

Addendum-Page 1

PACKAGING INFORMATION

Orderable Device Status (1) Package Type Package

Drawing Pins Package Qty Eco Plan (2) Lead/

Ball Finish MSL Peak Temp (3) Samples

(Requires Login)

TSC2117IRGZR ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 2500 Green (RoHS

& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR

TSC2117IRGZT ACTIVE VQFN RGZ 48 250 Green (RoHS

& no Sb/Br) CU NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR

(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:

ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.

LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.

NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.

PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.

OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.

(2) Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability

information and additional product content details.

TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.

Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that

lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.

Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between

the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.

Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight

in homogeneous material)

(3) MSL, Peak Temp. -- The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.

Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information

provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and

continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.

TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.

In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.

TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION

*All dimensions are nominal

Device Package

Type Package

Drawing Pins SPQ Reel

Diameter

(mm)

Reel

Width

W1 (mm)

(mm) B0

(mm) K0

(mm) P1

(mm) W

(mm) Pin1

Quadrant

TSC2117IRGZR VQFN RGZ 48 2500 330.0 16.4 7.3 7.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2

TSC2117IRGZT VQFN RGZ 48 250 180.0 16.4 7.3 7.3 1.5 12.0 16.0 Q2

PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 14-Jul-2012

Pack Materials-Page 1

*All dimensions are nominal

Device Package Type Package Drawing Pins SPQ Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)

TSC2117IRGZR VQFN RGZ 48 2500 367.0 367.0 38.0

TSC2117IRGZT VQFN RGZ 48 250 210.0 185.0 35.0

PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 14-Jul-2012

Pack Materials-Page 2

IMPORTANT NOTICE

Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other

changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46C and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48B. Buyers should

obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All

semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale supplied at the time

of order acknowledgment.

TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms

and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary

to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily

performed.

TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and

applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide

adequate design and operating safeguards.

TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or

other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information

published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or

endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the

third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.

Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration

and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered

documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.

Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service

voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.

TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.

Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements

concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support

that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which

anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause

harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use

of any TI components in safety-critical applications.

In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to

help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and

requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.

No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties

have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.

Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in

military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components

which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and

regulatory requirements in connection with such use.

TI has specifically designated certain components which meet ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. Components which

have not been so designated are neither designed nor intended for automotive use; and TI will not be responsible for any failure of such

components to meet such requirements.

Products Applications

Audio www.ti.com/audio Automotive and Transportation www.ti.com/automotive

Amplifiers amplifier.ti.com Communications and Telecom www.ti.com/communications

Data Converters dataconverter.ti.com Computers and Peripherals www.ti.com/computers

DLP® Products www.dlp.com Consumer Electronics www.ti.com/consumer-apps

DSP dsp.ti.com Energy and Lighting www.ti.com/energy

Clocks and Timers www.ti.com/clocks Industrial www.ti.com/industrial

Interface interface.ti.com Medical www.ti.com/medical

Logic logic.ti.com Security www.ti.com/security

Power Mgmt power.ti.com Space, Avionics and Defense www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense

Microcontrollers microcontroller.ti.com Video and Imaging www.ti.com/video

RFID www.ti-rfid.com

OMAP Mobile Processors www.ti.com/omap TI E2E Community e2e.ti.com

Wireless Connectivity www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity

Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265